Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

then after this

Толкование Перевод

1 post

post (form poste, Enn. An. 235; Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 131; id. Stich. 2, 2, 56), adv. and prep. [root pas-; Sanscr. pac-kas, behind; Gr. pumatos (for posmatos); Lat. pone, postremus].
I.
Adv.
A.
Of place, behind, back, backwards (class.):
ante aut post,
Liv. 22, 5, 8:
servi, qui post erant,
Cic. Mil. 10, 29:
lacertis priora genua post curvantur,
backwards, Plin. 11, 45, 102, § 249: sed ubi periculum advenit, invidia atque superbia post fuere, remained behind, were forgotten, Sall. C. 23, 7:
post minor est,
i.e. shorter when seen from behind, Juv. 6, 504. —
B.
Of time, afterwards, after: nunc et post semper, old poet in Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115.—
2.
Ante... post, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 47 Vahl.):
post duobus mensibus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 33:
initio... post autem,
Cic. Fam. 7, 5; id. Dom. 55, 140; Sall. J. 55, 8: duxi probum, erravi, post cognovi, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38 (Trag. v. 160 Vahl.):
multis post annis,
many years after, Cic. Fl. 23, 56:
paucis diebus post,
Plaut. Men. prol. 36:
multis annis post,
id. ib. 5, 9, 72:
biennio post,
Cic. Brut. 91, 316: quam te post multis tueor tempestatibus? after how long a time? Pac. ap. Non. 414, 3:
aliquanto post,
some time after, shortly after, Cic. Caecin. 4, 11:
post aliquanto,
id. Or. 30, 107:
paulo post valens,
a little later, id. Fam. 16, 5, 2:
post paulo,
soon after, Caes. B. C. 1, 29:
multo post quam,
long after, Cic. Att. 12, 49; cf. Liv. 24, 3, 14 Weissenb.:
post tanto,
so long after, Verg. G. 3, 476:
post non multo,
not long afterwards, Nep. Paus. 3, 1:
neque ita multo,
and not very long afterwards, id. Cim. 3, 4.—With inde, deinde, and afterwards, and then: et post inde, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 59 Müll. (Ann. v. 11 Vahl.):
inde pedes et crura mori, post inde per artus, etc.,
Lucr. 3, 529:
primum... post deinde,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 3; Nep. Eum. 5, 5.—
II.
Prep. with acc., behind.
A.
Of place: post me erat Aegina, ante Megara, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4; Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 52:
post nostra castra,
Caes. B. G. 2, 9:
post tergum,
id. ib. 7, 88:
post carecta,
Verg. E. 3, 20:
post montem se occultare,
Caes. B. G. 7, 83:
post se alligare,
Plin. 26, 9, 58, § 91:
post equitem sedet atra cura,
Hor. C. 3, 1, 40.—
2.
Trop., beneath, inferior to, less important than:
neque erat Lydia post Chloen,
Hor. C. 3, 9, 6:
tantus erat ambitionis furor, ut nemo tibi post te videatur, si aliquis ante te fuerit,
Sen. Ep. 104, 9:
ut sua necessaria post illius honorem haberent,
Sall. J. 73, 6; Plin. 33, 2, 8, § 34.—
B.
Of time, after, since:
aliquot post menses,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 44, 128:
maxima post hominum memoriam classis,
since the memory of man, Nep. Them. 5, 3:
post M. Brutum proconsulem,
after the proconsulate, Cic. Phil. 2, 38, 97.—So with part. constr.:
post urbem conditam,
since the city was founded, Cic. Cat. 4, 7, 14:
post homines natos,
id. Brut. 62, 224; id. Mil. 26, 69:
sexennio post Veios captos,
after the taking of Veii, id. Div. 1, 44, 100 al. —Put after the noun:
hunc post,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 6, 15.—With quam:
decessit post annum quartum quam expulsus fuerat,
Nep. Arist. 3, 3; cf.:
post annum quintum, quo expulsus erat,
id. Cim. 3, 3: post id, post illa, after this, after that, afterwards:
post id cum lassus fueris,
Plaut. Cas. 1, 42: qui foret post illa natus, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 21, 42 (Trag. v. 67 Vahl.):
eum numquam post illa vidi,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 43:
post illa,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 33:
post haec deinde,
then after this, and next, Col. 3, 4:
post Hectora,
Ov. M. 12, 607.—
C.
Transf., besides, except:
post sidera caeli sola Jovem Semele vidit,
Calp. Ecl. 10, 22.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > post
2 ɛnna

after this
--------
at that time
--------
then

Twi to English dictionary > ɛnna
3 tum

tum, adv. demonstr., of time [pronom. demonstr. stems to-, ta-; Gr. to, seen in ita, tam, etc.; cf. quom or cum], then.
I.
Absol.
A.
Referring to a time previously specified.
1.
To a definite past time.
(α).
To a period of time in which something was or happened (opp. later periods) = illis temporibus:
is dictu'st ollis popularibus olim Qui tum vivebant homines,
Enn. Ann. v. 308 Vahl.:
quod tum erat res in pecore et locorum possessionibus, i. e. Romuli temporibus,
Cic. Rep. 2, 9, 16:
cum illi male dicerent, quod tum fieri licebat, i. e. Periclis temporibus,
id. de Or. 3, 34, 138:
erat omnino tum mos ut faciles essent in suum cuique tribuendo,
id. Brut. 21, 85; cf. id. Tusc. 1, 46, 111:
vastae tum in his locis solitudines erant,
Liv. 1, 4, 6; 2, 6, 8; 3, 29, 3; 4, 6, 12; 42, 62, 11;
44, 9, 4: ut tum erant tempora,
Nep. Att. 1, 2; 12, 3; Liv. 1, 3, 3; 1, 8, 4; 2, 7, 4; 2, 9, 8; 2, 50, 2; 2, 63, 6;
39, 6, 7 and 9.—With illis temporibus: nam jam tum illis temporibus fortius... loquebantur quam pugnabant,
Nep. Thras. 2, 4.—
(β).
Referring to a point of time, then, at that time:
insigneita fere tum milia militum octo Duxit,
Enn. Ann. v. 336 Vahl.: ut jacui exsurgo;
ardere censui aedis: ita tum confulgebant,
Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 15:
jam duo restabant fata tum,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 35; id. Cist. 1, 3, 14: quot eras annos gnatus tum, quom, etc.? Me Septuennis, nam tum dentes mihi cadebant primulum, id. Men. 5, 9, 56; id. Merc. prol. 66; id. Most. 1, 2, 49; id. Am. 2, 1, 56; Ter. And. 1, 1, 82: sic igitur tum se levis ac diffusilis aether... undique flexit. Lucr. 5, 467; 5, 837; 5, 911; 5, 432;
5, 942: atque huic anno proximus Sulla consule et Pompejo fuit. Tum P. Sulpicii in tribunatu, cottidie contionantis, totum genus dicendi cognovimus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 306; id. Ac. 2, 22, 69:
scribit Eudemum Pheras venisse, quae erat urbs in Thessalia tum admodum nobilis,
id. Div. 1, 25, 53; id. Rep. 2, 37, 63:
hi tum in Asia rhetorum principes,
id. Brut. 91, 316; id. Sest. 11, 26; id. Planc. 37, 90; id. Quint. 61, 170; id. Fam. 9, 21, 2:
hoc tum veritus Caesar Pharum prehendit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 112:
eodem anno a Campanis Cumae, quam Graeci tum urbem tenebant, capiuntur,
Liv. 4, 44, 13; 1, 7, 14; 2, 9, 5;
2, 37, 7: praetores tum duos Latium habebat,
id. 8, 3, 9:
Aemilius, cujus tum fasces erant, dictatorem dixit,
id. 8, 12, 13; 5, 8, 4; 22, 46, 6;
1, 7, 12: tum Athenis perpetui archontes esse desierunt,
Vell. 1, 8, 3:
tum Cimbri et Teutoni transcendere Rhenum,
id. 2, 8, 3; Val. Max. 1, 5, 3; Tac. H. 4, 49; 3, 57:
non timido, non ignavo cessare tum licuit,
Curt. 3, 11, 5:
Archiae, qui tum maximum magistratum Thebis obtinebat,
Nep. Pelop. 3, 2; id. Phoc. 3, 3.—With in eo tempore: eum quem virile secus tum in eo tempore habebat, Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 5.—Repeated by anaphora:
quae nox omnium temporum conjurationis acerrima fuit. Tum Catilinae dies exeundi, tum ceteris manendi condicio, tum descriptio... constituta est, tum tuus pater, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 18, 52; cf. Lucr. 5, 1377; 5, 1399.—
(γ).
Esp., referring to a former state, implying that it no longer exists:
quaesivit ex lege illa Cornelia quae tum erat,
Cic. Clu. 20, 55:
cum sententias Oppianicus, quae tum erat potestas, palam ferri velle dixisset,
id. ib. 27, 75:
Caere, opulento tum oppido,
Liv. 1, 2, 3; 3, 52, 3:
praetores aerarii (nam tum a praetoribus tractabatur aerarium), etc.,
Tac. H. 4, 9.—
(δ).
Expressly opposed to present time (hodie, nunc, hoc tempore, etc.; class. and very freq.; but in post-Aug. writers tunc is regularly used): prius non is eras qui eras;
nunc is factu's qui tum non eras,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 138:
tu nunc tibi Id laudi ducis quod tum fecisti inopia?
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 25; id. Hec. 3, 3, 48:
quae tabula, tum imperio tuo revulsa, nunc a me tamen reportata est,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 46, § 112:
tum imperator populi Romani deos patrios reportabat, nunc praetor ejusdem populi eosdem illos deos... auferebat,
id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 77; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 78; 2, 5, 20, § 51; id. Clu. 31, 86; id. Planc. 9, 22; id. Quint. 22, 71; id. Phil. 14, 8, 21; id. Leg. 2, 22, 57; Caes. B. C. 3, 17; Liv. 5, 3, 5; 6, 15, 11; 10, 9, 6.—
(ε).
Opposed to another time specified:
itaque tum eos exire jussit. Post autem e provincia litteras ad conlegium misit, se, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 4, 11:
itaque ut tum carere rege, sic pulso Tarquinio nomen regis audire non poterat,
id. Rep. 2, 30, 53; id. Mil. 21, 55:
sicut legatorum antea, ita tum novorum colonorum caede imbutis armis,
Liv. 4, 31, 7; 39, 22, 10; 9, 36, 1; 2, 52, 7; 4, 2, 10; 4, 57, 11;
21, 17, 1: et tum sicca, prius celeberrima fontibus, Ide,
Ov. M. 2, 218; Verg. A. 11, 33; Nep. Arist. 2, 3; id. Ham. 11, 7.—
(ζ).
In the historians in applying general statements or truths to the state of affairs spoken of: communi enim fit vitio naturae ut invisis atque incognitis rebus... vehementius exterreamur;
ut tum accidit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 4; 3, 68; id. B. G. 7, 3; 2, 6; id. B. C. 1, 80:
foedera alia aliis legibus, ceterum eodem modo omnia fiunt. Tum ita factum accepimus,
Liv. 1, 24, 4; 1, 32, 14; 21, 31, 12.—
(η).
Denoting coincidence or inner connection with an action before mentioned = a temporal clause (tum = cum hoc fieret), then, on that occasion:
quis tum non ingemuit?
Cic. Vatin. 13, 31:
ne tum quidem hominum venustatem et facetias perspicere potuisti? i. e. cum coronam auream imponebant,
id. Fl. 31, 76: apud imperitos tum illa dicta sunt;
nunc agendum est subtilius,
id. Fin. 4, 27, 74:
itaque tum Stajenus condemnatus est,
i. e. in that trial, id. Clu. 36, 101; id. Sen. 7, 22:
M. Porcius Cato qui, asper ingenio, tum lenem mitemque senatorem egit,
Liv. 45, 25; Val. Max. 8, 3, 3:
sed tum supplicia dis... decernuntur,
Tac. A. 3, 64; 3, 72:
Graecia tum potuit Priamo quoque flenda videri,
Ov. M. 14, 474.—
With the occasion referred to specified in the same clause: Manlius... ex petulanti scurra in discordiis civitatis ad eam columnam tum suffragiis populi pervenerat,
Cic. Clu. 13, 39:
emisti tum in naufragio hujus urbis... tum, inquam, emisti ut, etc.,
id. Prov. Cons. 4, 7.—Repeated by anaphora: et Capitolinis injecit sedibus ignes. Tum statua Nattae, tum simulacra deorum, Romulusque et Remus cum altrice belua vi fulminis icti conciderunt, Cic. Div. 2, 20, 45;
so repeated seven times,
id. Rep. 1, 40, 62.—
(θ).
Redundant, the time of the action being clear without it (esp. in Cic.):
atque hoc tum judicio facto... tamen Avitus Oppianicum reum statim non facit,
Cic. Clu. 20, 56:
itaque tum ille inopia et necessitate coactus ad Caepasios confugit,
id. ib. 20, 57; id. Brut. 23, 90; 39, 145; 43, 161; cf. id. Sull. 18, 51, where tum redundant occurs six times successively.—
2.
In oblique discourse, referring to the time of the speaker, = nunc in direct discourse:
quando autem se, si tum non sint, pares hostibus fore?
if they were not now so, Liv. 3, 62, 1:
(dixit Sempronius)... nec tum agrum plebi, sed sibi invidiam quaeri,
id. 4, 44, 9; 4, 57, 4:
moenia eos tum transcendere non Italiae modo, sed etiam urbis Romanae,
id. 21, 35, 9; 5, 21, 7 (in this use nunc is also freq.).—
3.
Referring to indefinite time.
(α).
Then, at such a time of the year, day, etc., at such a season:
tum denique tauros in gregem redigo (after Lyra rises),
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 12; 1, 35 fin.; Col. 11, 2, 87.—
(β).
With the force of an indefinite temporal clause, at such a time, in such circumstances, i. e. when such a thing happens as has happened:
qui (porci) a partu decimo die habentur puri, ab eo appellantur sacres, quod tum ad sacrificium idonei habentur primum,
Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 16; 2, 7, 13:
deinde cibum sequitur somnus... quia plurima tum se corpora conturbant (i. e. cum cibum ceperunt),
Lucr. 4, 957; 3, 599; 4, 892; 4, 919;
4, 1030: quam regionem cum superavit animus... finem altius se efferendi facit. Tum enim sui similem et levitatem et calorem adeptus... nullam in partem movetur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 43; 1, 31, 75; 3, 23, 55; 4, 24, 54; Tac. Dial. 7.—
(γ).
With the force of a conditional clause, then, in this instance, if so: immo res omnis relictas habeo prae quod tu velis. Ph. Tum tu igitur, qua causa missus es ad portum, id expedi (i. e. si ita est), Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 39; id. Most. 5, 1, 55; id. As. 1, 1, 93; 2, 2, 64; 3, 3, 36; id. Aul. 3, 6, 31; id. Capt. 3, 4, 108; 4, 2, 78: non potitus essem;
fuisset tum illos mi aegre aliquot dies,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 3, 7; id. Eun. 2, 2, 50; 5, 1, 23; id. Hec. 3, 5, 12:
ego C. Caesaris laudibus desim, quas, etc.? Tum hercule me confitear non judicium aliquod habuisse,
Cic. Planc. 39, 93: scribant aliquid Isocrateo more...;
tum illos existimabo non desperatione formidavisse genus hoc,
id. Or. 70, 235; id. Font. 21, 49 (17, 39); id. Tusc. 1, 35, 85; id. Fam. 9, 8, 2; Ov. H. 18 (19), 81: vellem tam ferax saeculum haberemus...;
tum ego te primus hortarer, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 15, 8.—
4.
Referring to future time.
(α).
To a definite time before mentioned:
ut sit satius perdere Quam aut nunc manere tam diu, aut tum persequi,
i. e. after my future return, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 27:
jam nunc mente prospicio quae tum studia hominum, qui concursus futuri sint,
Cic. Div. in Caecin. 13, 42; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37; 1, 10, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 17; id. Marcell. 9, 30:
tum meae... Vocis accedet bona pars,
Hor. C. 4, 2, 45.—
(β).
With the force of a conditional clause (cf. 3. b, supra), then, in this instance, if so: specta, tum scies. Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 100; cf.:
quom videbis, tum scies,
id. ib. 1, 2, 37: tuom incendes genus;
Tum igitur aquae erit tibi cupido, etc.,
id. Trin. 3, 2, 50; id. Curc. 2, 3, 17:
confer sudantes, ructantes, refertos epulis... tum intelleges, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 34, 100; id. Planc. 18, 45; id. Phil. 2, 45, 115:
agedum, dictatorem creemus... Pulset tum mihi lictorem qui sciet, etc.,
Liv. 2, 29, 12; Cic. Phil. 10, 3, 6; id. Or. 23, 78; 71, 235; Liv. 4, 22, 11; 5, 16, 10; 9, 11, 4.—
B.
Referring to a time subsequent to a time mentioned, then, thereupon.
1.
Simple sequence in time.
(α).
Time proper (only of an immediate sequence;
otherwise deinde, postea, etc., are used): tum cum corde suo divum pater atque hominum rex Effatur, etc.,
Enn. Ann. 179:
dico ei quo pactod eam viderim erilem nostram filiam sustollere. Extimuit tum illa,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 9; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 29; id. As. 4, 1, 58: tum ille egens forte adplicat Primum ad Chrysidis patrem se. Ter. And. 5, 4, 21; id. Eun. 3, 1, 17; Cato, R. R. 48 (49); 135 (136); so id. ib. 112 (113): equos quinto anno... amittere binos (dentes);
tum renascentes eis sexto anno impleri,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 2 sq.: collo [p. 1909] cari jussit hominem in aureo lecto, abacosque complures ornavit... Tum ad mensam eximia forma pueros jussit consistere, eosque, etc., Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 61:
dixerat hoc ille, cum puer nuntiavit venire ad eum Laelium... Tum Scipio e cubiculo est egressus, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18; id. Div. 2, 66, 135; id. Clu. 14, 40; id. Cat. 3, 5, 10; id. Ac. 2, 5, 13; id. Div. 1, 35, 77:
hostes suos ab oppugnatione reduxerunt. Tum suo more conclamaverunt ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 26; cf. id. ib. 7, 64; 5, 43 fin.;
5, 48: adsurgentem ibi regem cuspide ad terram adfixit. Tum spolia caputque abscisum spiculo gerens... hostes fudit,
Liv. 4, 19, 5; 5, 21, 1; 1, 26, 9; 1, 18, 10; 1, 20, 1; 1, 22, 6; 1, 28, 4; 1, 28, 9; 2, 24, 4;
3, 8, 11, etc.: tum Caesar cum exercitu Thessaliam petit,
Vell. 2, 52, 1; Val. Max. 5, 1, 3; Curt. 4, 3, 7; Tac. A. 3, 28; 11, 35; id. H. 4, 84; Ov. M. 2, 122; 4, 80; 7, 121; 10, 481; 14, 386; Flor. 1, 13, 12; Gell. 1, 19, 5; 1, 23, 5.—
(β).
In partic., foll. by an abl. absol.:
tum, prope jam perculsis aliis tribunis, A. Verginius Caesoni capitis diem dicit,
Liv. 3, 11, 9; 8, 32, 1; 10, 29, 12:
tum omni spe perdita, Meherdates dolo ejus vincitur, traditurque victori,
Tac. A. 12, 15; 12, 16:
tum, ferro extracto, confestim exanimatus est,
Nep. Epam. 9, 4.—
(γ).
Implying a connection between two events, hence, under these circumstances, accordingly, thereupon:
at pater omnipotens ira tum percitus acri... Phaethonta... Deturbavit in terram,
Lucr. 5, 399:
madefactum iri Graeciam sanguine... tum neque te ipsum non esse commotum, Marcumque Varronem et M. Catonem... vehementer esse perterritos,
Cic. Div. 1, 32, 68; cf. id. ib. 1, 34, 76; Caes. B. G. 4, 25; cf. id. ib. 5, 49; 5, 51;
7, 59: quippe quibus nec domi spes prolis, nec cum finitimis conubia essent. Tum ex consilio patrum Romulus legatos circa vicinas gentes misit,
Liv. 1, 9, 2; 3, 26, 1; 3, 31, 7; 4, 45, 7.—
2.
Enumeration of a series of events; the co-ordinate clauses introduced by tum... tum, or primum (primo)... deinde... tum, etc.
(α).
Succession of time proper:
ducem Hannibali unum e concilio datum (a Jove), tum ei ducem illum praecepisse ne respiceret, illum autem respexisse, tum visam beluam vastam, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 24, 49; 1, 27, 57; 2, 28, 58 sq.:
primo... deinde... tum... tum,
id. Fin. 1, 16, 50; 5, 23, 65; id. Tusc. 5, 2, 5:
primum... deinde... tum... postremo,
id. N. D. 2, 1, 3; 3, 3, 6: primum colonos inde Romanos expulit: inde in Latinam viam transgressus, etc., inde Lavinium recepit; tum deinceps Corbionem, Vitelliam;
postremum, etc.,
Liv. 2, 39, 4:
primi consules sub jugum missi, tum ut quisque gradu proximus erat, tum deinceps singulae legiones,
id. 9, 6, 1:
primo... deinde... tum... tum,
id. 21, 22, 8; id. praef. 9; 3, 28, 8: 5, 39, 7;
23, 23, 6: deinde... deinde... Tum... post quas, etc.,
Curt. 3, 3, 24: primum... deinde... deinde... tum... postea, Masur. Gabin. ap. Gell. 5, 13, 5; Gai. Inst. 4, 60.—
(β).
So in partic.: tum (also hic, et;
not deinde or postea), to denote the succession of speakers in dialogue: immo duas dabo, inquit adulescens... Tum senex ille: Si vis, inquit, quattuor sane dato,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 1, 46 dub.:
tum Piso... inquit, etc. Tum Quintus... inquit, etc. Hic ego... inquam, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Piso... inquit, etc. Et ille ridens... inquit, etc. Tum Piso exorsus est, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 5, 1, 2 sqq.:
tum Atticus... inquit, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Brutus, etc. Tum ille, etc. Tum Atticus, etc. Tum Pomponius... inquit, etc.,
id. Brut. 3, 11 sqq., and through the whole treatise; cf. id. Ac. 1, 2, 4; 1, 3, 9; 1, 4, 13; 1, 12, 43 and 44; 2, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 15 sqq.; id. Rep. 1, 13, 19 sqq.; Liv. 7, 10, 2 sqq.; 23, 12, 8; Tac. Dial. 3; 15; 25; 42; Gell. 3, 1, 11 sqq.; 18, 1, 9 sqq.; Ov. M. 14, 594.—
(γ).
Transf., of sequence or succession of thought, passing into mere co-ordination (v. C. 2. b, g), then... again... furthermore:
qui mi in cursu obstiterit, faxo vitae is obstiterit suae. Prius edico ne quis, etc. Tum pistores scrofipasci qui, etc. Tum piscatores.... Tum lanii autem qui, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 28; 4, 2, 34; 4, 2, 39: (res familiaris) primum bene parta sit, tum quam plurimis se utilem praebeat, deinde augeatur ratione, diligentia, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 26, 92; id. Ac. 2, 47, 146; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 68 sq.; 5, 40, 117; id. Ac. 2, 10, 30; id. de Or. 1, 42, 190; id. Cat. 4, 3, 5; id. Agr. 1, 2, 5; id. Clu. 2, 6; Liv. 3, 26, 11.—
C.
Hence, as co-ordinating conjunction, introducing an additional assertion, or thought.
1.
Alone, = praeterea, and then, besides, also, moreover, on the other hand (freq. in ante-class. style and in Cic.;
rare in Livy and post-Aug. prose): argenti aurique advexit multum, lanam purpuramque multam... tum Babylonica peristromata, etc.,
Plaut. Stich. 2, 3, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 10; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 71; 4, 8, 17; id. Ps. 3, 2, 78; id. Aul. 1, 2, 6; 1, 3, 16; id. Men. 5, 5, 41; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 1, 3, 15; 4, 2, 3; Ter. And. 1, 5, 27; 1, 2, 21; 2, 3, 7; id. Eun. prol. 4; 5, 6, 15; id. Heaut. 2, 1, 16; Lucr. 4, 680; cf. id. 1, 494; 4, 1152:
magnum ingenium L. Luculli, magnumque optimarum artium studium, tum omnis ab eo percepta doctrina... caruit omnino rebus urbanis,
Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 1; 2, 14, 43; id. Div. 1, 24, 50; 1, 42, 94; id. de Or. 1, 46, 201; id. Off. 1, 6, 19; id. Fin. 1, 6, 21; 2, 16, 53; id. Leg. 1, 5, 17; 1, 9, 26; id. Rab. Post. 14, 40; id. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
altera ex parte Bellovaci instabant, alteram Camulogenus tenebat: tum legiones a praesidio interclusas maximum flumen distinebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 59; id. B. C. 3, 49: naves convenerunt duae Punicae quinqueremes;
duae ab Heraclea triremes... tum quinque Rhodiae quadriremes,
Liv. 42, 56, 6; 1, 40, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 4; Just. 5, 10, 3.—Sometimes connecting two terms of the same clause, with the force of cum... tum (v. infra, 3. d.):
quot me censes homines jam deverberasse, hospites tum civis?
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 14:
faciendum est igitur nobis ut... veteranorum, tum legionis Martiae quartaeque consensus... confirmetur,
Cic. Phil. 3, 3, 7; Liv. 28, 43, 1 (in co-ordination often with etiam, autem, and sometimes with praeterea and porro; v. III. infra).—
2.
Tum as correlative of a preceding tum.
(α).
With an added assertion or thought: ita est haec hominum natio: voluptarii atque potatores, Tum sycophantae... plurimi In urbe habitant;
tum meretrices mulieres Nusquam perhibentur blandiores gentium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 28; id. Mil. 3, 1, 100; 3, 1, 102.—
(β).
Tum... tum = nunc... nunc (modo... modo), sometimes... sometimes, now... now, at one time... at another (freq. in Cic., not in Caes., rare in Liv., and very rare in postAug. writers):
tum huc, tum illuc inretitos impedit piscis,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 17:
tum hoc mihi probabilius, tum illud videtur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 43, 134:
mihi... tum hoc tum illud probabilius videtur,
id. Off. 3, 7, 33; so id. Am. 4, 13; id. Sen. 13, 45; id. Top. 7, 31; id. N. D. 2, 19, 49:
(alvus) tum restringitur, tum relaxatur,
id. ib. 2, 54, 136; id. Rep. 3, 13 (14), 23; id. Leg. 2, 7, 16; id. Or. 63, 212; id. Sen. 3, 7; id. Inv. 1, 37, 66:
dictator tum appellare tum adhortari milites,
Liv. 8, 39, 4; Suet. Ner. 1; Gell. 1, 11, 15.—Tum may be repeated several times:
plerique propter voluptatem tum in morbos graves, tum in damna, tum in dedecora incurrunt,
Cic. Fin. 1, 14, 47; 3, 7, 26;
so three times,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 29; 1, 14, 37; 1, 15, 39; id. Inv. 1, 52, 98; id. Or. 3, 45, 177; id. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 2, 17, 43; id. Top. 25, 96;
four times,
id. N. D. 1, 43, 120; 2, 20, 52; 2, 39, 101; id. Verr. 2, 4, 34, § 75;
five times,
id. N. D. 2, 5, 14; id. Inv. 1, 13, 17; 1, 41, 76; id. Verr. 2, 5, 36, § 94;
six times,
id. ib. 1, 53, 120;
seven times,
Quint. 9, 4, 133;
nine times,
Cic. N. D. 2, 50, 51.—And in chronological order (to be distinguished from the instances B. 2. a and g):
Atheniensium (rem publicam constituerunt) tum Theseus, tum Draco, tum Solo, tum Clisthenes, tum multi alii,
at different times, successively, Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 2.—
(γ).
Preceded or followed by other co-ordinate words (alias, modo, aliquando, aut... aut, nunc... nunc):
ex quo intellegitur qualis ille sit quem tum moderatum, alias modestum, tum temperantem, alias constantem continentemque dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 16, 36:
tum... tum... aliquando,
id. Div. 2, 2, 6:
tum... tum... aut... aut,
id. Or. 61, 204:
modo... tum autem,
id. N. D. 2, 40, 142:
nunc... nunc... tum... tum,
Flor. 1, 17, 5.—
(δ).
Tum... tum = et... et, both... and, not only... but also, partly... partly, without regard to time, the second term being frequently strengthened by etiam (mostly post-Aug.):
Milo Compsam oppugnans, ictusque lapide tum Clodio, tum patriae, quam armis petebat, poenas dedit,
Vell. 2, 68, 3:
Muciam et Fulviam, tum a patre, tum a viro utramque inclitam,
Val. Max. 9, 1, 8:
Caesar Pompejo tum proprias, tum etiam filiae lacrimas reddidit,
id. 5, 1, 10; Quint. 7, 3, 18; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 28; id. Clem. 1, 19, 2; Front. Aquaed. 1; Tac. A. 12, 33; Suet. Tit. 3; Nep. praef. 8;
and with etiam,
Val. Max. 2, 2, 8; 5, 9, 1; 7, 6 prooem.; Nep. Them. 2, 3.—
3.
As correlative with a preceding cum, introducing particular after a universal or a stronger or more important assertion after a weaker or less important.
a.
Connecting complete sentences with different predicates, cum... tum = as... so, while... (tum being not translated; ante-class. cum always with indic.; class. with subj. or indic.):
quom antehac te amavi, et mihi amicam esse crevi... tum id mihi hodie aperuisti,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 2; id. Truc. 4, 1, 6:
quom id mihi placebat, tum uno ore omnes omnia Bona dicere,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 10:
quae cum res tota ficta sit pueriliter, tum ne efficit quidem quod vult,
Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 19; id. Tusc. 5, 39, 13; id. Fam. 13, 16, 1; and so with subj., id. N. D. 1, 1, 1; id. Off. 3, 2, 5; id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Brut. 39, 145; 11, 250:
cum omnium rerum simulatio est vitiosa, tum amicitiae repugnat maxime,
id. Lael. 25, 91; id. Div. 2, 27, 58; and so with indic., id. Planc. 33, 80; id. Tull. 4, 8; id. Div. in Caecil. 20, 65; id. Sest. 1, 2; id. Fam. 16, 4, 4:
haec cum merito ejus fieri intellegebat, tum magni interesse arbitrabatur, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 4; 3, 16; id. B. C. 1, 58; Liv. 3, 34, 1; 4, 53, 4.—
b.
Clauses with the same predicate, which is placed after the first clause (always with indic.):
nam mihi, cum multa eximie divineque videntur Athenae tuae peperisse, tum nihil melius illis mysteriis quibus, etc.,
Cic. Leg. 2, 14, 36; id. Tusc. 4, 18, 42; id. Phil. 2, 5, 12; Liv. 4, 46, 10; 6, 38, 10.—
c.
Clauses with a common predicate placed before both co-ordinate terms, cum... tum = not only, but also; as... so especially:
visa est Arcesilae cum vera sententia, tum honesta et digna sapiente,
Cic. Ac. 2, 24, 77; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; 2, 35, 119; 3, 1, 3:
movit patres conscriptos cum causa tum auctor,
Liv. 9, 10, 1; 4, 57, 2; Suet. Ner. 46 init. —
d.
With a common predicate after both co-ordinate terms:
quom virum tum uxorem, di vos perdant,
Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 103:
luxuria cum omni aetati turpis tum senectuti foedissima est,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 123; id. Clu. 59, 161; id. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 86; id. N. D. 1, 21, 57; id. Deiot. 9, 26; id. Clu. 16, 46:
concitatos animos flecti quam frangi putabat cum tutius tum facilius esse,
Liv. 2, 23, 15; 6, 9, 8; 1, 57, 1; 10, 26, 13; Tac. Dial. 5.—With tum several times repeated:
quem pater moriens cum tutoribus et propinquis, tum legibus, tum aequitati magistratuum, tum judiciis vestris commendatum putavit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 58, § 151; cf. esp. id. Planc. 40, 95. —
e.
Tum, in this construction, is freq. strengthened,
(α).
By vero:
cum haec sunt videnda, tum vero illud est hominis magni, etc.,
in particular, Cic. Clu. 58, 159; id. Mur. 27, 55; id. Phil. 3, 5, 12; 7, 3, 9; cf. id. Or. 1, 23, 106; 3, 16, 60; Liv. 34, 39, 9; Quint. 12, 1, 25.—
(β).
By maxime, above all, most of all, especially, chiefly:
cum omnibus in rebus temeritas in adsentando turpis est, tum in eo loco maxime in quo ju dicandum est quantum, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 4, 7; id. Tusc. 4, 1, 1; 5, 12, 36; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 69:
cum infamia atque indignitas rei impediebat, tum maxime quod, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 7, 56; Sall. J. 43, 5; Liv. 1, 8, 2; Suet. Claud. 30; Quint. 6, 1, 29.—
(γ).
By praecipue, especially, chiefly, above all:
cum omnium sociorum provinciarumque rationem diligenter habere debetis, tum praecipue Siciliae,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 2; id. Fam. 13, 11, 3:
fortuna quae plurimum potest cum in reliquis rebus, tum praecipue in bello,
Caes. B. C. 3, 68; Liv. 22, 43, 11; 1, 40, 3; Quint. 1, 1, 29; 1, 10, 13; 5, 10, 106; Plin. Ep. 4, 3, 2.—
(δ).
By inprimis, chiefly, principally:
cum multa non probo, tum illud inprimis quod, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 18; id. Fam. 12, 22, 3.—
(ε).
By cumprimis, chiefly, principally: quapropter bene cum superis de rebus habenda Nobis est ratio... tum cumprimis Unde anima atque animi constet [p. 1910] natura videndum, Lucr. 1, 131.—
(ζ).
By certe, especially, at least, assuredly:
at cum de plurimis eadem dicit, tum certe de maximis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 5, 13; id. Fam. 7, 4; cf. Quint. 2, 1, 10.—
(η).
By nimirum, assuredly, undoubtedly:
cum plurimas... commoditates amicitia contineat, tum illa nimirum praestat omnibus quod, etc.,
Cic. Am. 7, 23. —
(θ).
By etiam, besides, as well:
cum omnes omnibus ex terris homines improbos audacesque collegerat, tum etiam multos fortes viros et bonos... tenebat,
Cic. Cael. 6, 14; id. Ac. 2, 10, 31; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2:
quos tu cum memoriter, tum etiam erga nos amice et benevole collegisti,
id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. Verr. 2, 3, 23, § 56:
cum sua virtute, tum etiam alienis vitiis,
id. Leg. 23, 67; id. Fin. 2, 12, 38; id. N. D. 2, 37, 95; id. de Or. 3, 60, 225; Liv. 1, 21, 2; 7, 23, 6; 7, 32, 10; Val. Max. 7, 2, 3; 3, 2, 10; 9, 6, 3; Quint. 9, 1, 20; 9, 4, 143.—
(ι).
By quoque, also, besides, as well:
cum potestas major, tum vir quoque potestati par hostes trans Anienem submovere,
Liv. 4, 17, 11; 1, 22, 2; cf. Quint. 12, 10, 72.—
(κ).
By et, also, besides, too:
cujus mortem cum luctus civitatis, tum et dictaturae undecim insignem fecere,
Just. 19, 1, 7.—
(λ).
By praeterea, moreover, besides:
dicimus C. Verrem cum multa libidinose fecerit, tum praeterea quadringentiens sestertium ex Sicilia abstulisse,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56.
II.
Tum as correlative of dependent clauses (freq. in ante - class. writings and Cic., rare in post-Aug. writings).
A.
With temporal clauses, introduced by cum, = at the time when, at a time when.
1.
Referring to definite past time.
a.
Tum as antecedent of cum:
jam tum cum primum jussit me ad se arcessier, Roget quis, Quid tibi cum illa?
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 4; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21:
qui (Hercules) tum dolore frangebatur cum immortalitatem ipsa morte quaerebat,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 8, 20:
bene apud majores nostros senatus tum cum florebat imperium decrevit ut, etc.,
id. Div. 1, 41, 91; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114; id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 2, 66, § 160; id. Clu. 33, 89; id. Verr. 1, 2, 5; id. Brut. 2, 7; 23, 89; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Agr. 2, 24, 64; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; 3, 4, 11:
tum mittendos legatos fuisse cum Perseus Graecas urbes obsideret,
Liv. 45, 3, 7:
tum cum Vipereos sparsi... dentes,
Ov. M. 4, 572; id. H. 3, 23; Val. Max. 6, 1, 12.—After pluperf.:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant scimus Romae solutione impedita fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19; Val. Max. 3, 6, 1; 2, 8, 15 fin. —Tum inserted in the temporal clause:
cum Davo egomet vidi jurgantem ancillam... quom ibi me adesse neuter tum praesenserat,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 20.—
b.
Tum, introducing the apodosis of the temporal clause (generally not transl. in Engl.).
(α).
Of coincident events, cum... tum = while: quom genui tum morituros scivi, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 58, 132 (Trag. Rel. v. 361 Vahl.); Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 18:
cum minime videbamur, tum maxime philosophabamur,
Cic. N. D. 1, 3, 6; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Cael. 26, 63; id. Phil. 3, 5, 13:
cum pavida mulier nullam opem videret, tum Tarquinius fateri amorem, orare, etc.,
Liv. 1, 58, 3; 5, 11, 4. —
(β).
Tum = deinde, usu. after a pluperf.:
id cum Sulla fecisset, tum ante oppidum Nolam Samnitium castra cepit,
Cic. Div. 1, 33, 72; id. Brut. 92, 319; id. Ac. 2, 3, 9; 2, 3, 15; id. Fin. 1, 8, 26; id. Tusc. 4, 20, 45; id. Div. 1, 25, 53; 2, 2, 7; id. Rep. 2, 25, 47; Liv. 21, 11, 8; cf. id. 1, 26, 7; 23, 22, 4.—Inserted in the apodosis:
cum jam humanae opes egestae a Veis essent, amoliri tum deum dona,
Liv. 5, 22, 3.—
2.
Referring to definite present time:
quem esse negas, eundem esse dicis. Cum enim miserum esse dicis, tum eum qui non sit, dicis esse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 12.—
3.
Referring to indefinite time.
a.
As antecedent of the clause, = at the time when, at a time when, whenever: hominum inmortalis est infamia;
etiam tum vivit quom esse credas mortuam,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28; id. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7; Cato, R. R. 31:
nec sibi enim quisquam tum se vitamque requirit Cum pariter mens et corpus sopita quiescunt,
Lucr. 3, 919; 4, 444; 4, 455;
4, 1166: omnis praedictio mali tum probatur cum ad praedictionem cautio adjungitur,
Cic. Div. 2, 25, 54; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104; id. N. D. 2, 3, 9: tum cum sine pondere suci Mobilibus ventis arida facta volant, Ov. H. 5, 109; Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44; 2, 27, 88; id. Fin. 4, 8, 20; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 20; 5, 26, 73; id. N. D. 1, 4, 9; id. Off. 1, 27, 93.—Tum maxime... cum plurimum = eo magis quo magis:
eam (partem animi) tum maxime vigere cum plurimum absit a corpore,
Cic. Div. 1, 32, 70; so, cum maxime... tum maxime; v. b. a foll.—
b.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
As coincident:
quom amamus, tum perimus,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 94:
ulmus, cum folia cadunt, tum iterum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; so id. ib. 155 (156):
cum ea quae quasi involuta fuerunt, aperti sunt, tum inventa dicuntur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 26; id. Fin. 5, 10, 29; 1, 17, 57; id. N. D. 2, 52, 129; 1, 19, 49; id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 15.—Cum maxime... tum maxime = quo magis eo magis:
nam quom pugnabant maxume, ego tum fugiebam maxume,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 45:
quamobrem omnes, cum secundae res sunt maxume, tum maxume Meditari secum oportet, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 14, 30 poet. —
(β).
As subsequent:
ad legionem quom itum, adminiculum eis danunt tum jam aliquem cognatum suum,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 47:
eo cum accessit ratio argumentique conclusio... tum et perceptio eorum omnium apparet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 30; 2, 41, 128; id. Fin. 5, 9, 24; 1, 20, 69; 5, 15, 41; id. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 1, 24, 58; 3, 2, 3; id. N. D. 2, 48, 123; id. Div. 2, 19, 44.—
4.
Referring to future time.
(α).
Tum as antecedent of cum:
quom mi haec dicentur dicta, tum tu, furcifer, quasi mus in medio pariete vorsabere,
Plaut. Cas. 1, 51; id. Bacch. 3, 4, 20:
non committam ut tum haec res judicetur cum haec frequentia Roma discesserit,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54; id. Agr. 2, 17, 44; 2, 25, 67; id. Fin. 4, 22, 62; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Liv. 23, 13, 4; 41, 10, 7; Ov. M. 2, 651; id. H. 15, 293; Nep. Them. 6, 5.—
(β).
Tum introducing the apodosis:
quom videbis, tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; 4, 6, 30:
de quo cum perpauca dixero, tum ad jus civile veniam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 12, 34; id. Clu. 2, 6; 4, 9; Liv. 3, 56, 10.—
B.
With temporal clause, introduced by ubi.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):
vitem novellam resecare tum erit tempus ubi valebit,
Cato, R. R. 33:
tum tu igitur demum id adulescenti aurum dabis, ubi erit locata virgo in matrimonium?
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 52.—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
Referring to definite past time (tum always = deinde):
ubi eorum dolorem majorem quam ceterorum cognovi, tum meum animum in illos, tum mei consilii causam proposui, tum eos hortatus sum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140; Sall. J. 94, 3:
ubi illuxit, et Romanis Punica et Gallica arma cognita, tum dubitationem exemere,
Liv. 25, 10, 5; 1, 9, 10; 4, 57, 3; 9, 43, 16; 21, 25, 12; 23, 11, 4.—
(β).
Referring to indefinite time:
post ubi tempust promissa jam perfici, Tum coacti necessario se aperiunt,
Ter. And. 4, 1, 8: Cato, R. R. 3 init.; 17:
ubi jam morbi se flexit causa... Tum quasi vaccillans primum consurgit,
Lucr. 3, 503; 6, 129; 6, 526.—
(γ).
Referring to future time:
otium ubi erit, tum tibi operam ludo et deliciae dabo,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 4, 13; id. Stich. 4, 2, 14:
ubi tu voles, Ubi tempus erit, sat habet si tum recipitur,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 32; Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 72; id. Pers. 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 3, 2, 27:
ut ubi id interrogando argumentis firmavero, tum testes ad crimen accommodem,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 55:
ubi haerere jam aciem videris, tum terrorem equestrem infer,
Liv. 6, 12, 10; 22, 55, 8.—
C.
With a temporal clause introduced by postquam.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):
Flaminius qui ne quieto quidem hoste ipse quieturus erat, tum vero postquam res sociorum ante oculos prope suos ferri vidit, suum id dedecus ratus, etc.,
Liv. 22, 3, 7; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 (v. infra, III. A. 2. a. b).—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis (always = deinde).
(α).
Referring to definite past time:
posteaquam e portu piratae exierunt, tum coeperunt quaerere homines, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 100; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40 (al. tunc):
postquam satis virium collectum videbat, tum ex suis unum sciscitatum Romam ad patrem misit,
Liv. 1, 54, 5; 3, 66, 5; 6, 13, 4; 22, 48, 4; 25, 10, 6; Gell. 5, 3, 6.—
(β).
Referring to indefinite time: postquam vero commoditas quaedam... dicendi copiam consecuta est, tum ingenio freta malitia pervertere urbes adsuevit, Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 3.—
D.
With a temporal clause introduced by ut.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):
tum vero ingentem gemitum dat Ut spolia, ut currus, utque ipsum corpus amici... conspexit,
Verg. A. 1, 485; cf. id. ib. 12, 218.—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
Of definite past time:
nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi, puto, prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46:
sed ut intellectum est quantam vim haberet accurata... oratio, tum etiam magistri dicendi multi subito exstiterunt,
Cic. Brut. 8, 30; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; Liv. 24, 44, 10; id. 21, 54, 9; 23, 34, 6.—
(β).
Referring to future time:
neque ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,
Cic. de Or. 2, 34, 146:
traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum, si eam Romanus rite emisisset, victoriam de Vejentibus dari (= si quando),
Liv. 5, 15, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.—
E.
With a temporal clause introduced by quando.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause.
(α).
Of definite past time:
auctoritatem senatus exstare sentio, tum, quando Alexandro mortuo, legatos Tyrum misimus,
Cic. Agr. 2, 16, 41.—
(β).
Of future time:
at scire tum memento quando id quod voles habebis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 41; id. Mil. 3, 1, 213; id. Most. 3, 1, 136; id. Men. 5, 7, 57:
utinam tum essem natus quando Romani dona accipere coepissent,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75.—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
Of indefinite time (quando = whenever):
quando esurio tum crepant (intestina),
Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 27; id. Truc. 1, 1, 15; id. Ps. 4, 7, 85:
quando mulier dotem marito dabat, tum quae ex suis bonis retinebat reciperare dicebatur,
Gell. 17, 6, 6; 7 (6), 14, 4.—
(β).
Of future time:
at tu, quando habebis, tum dato,
Plaut. Men. 3, 3, 23:
quando ab eadem parte sol eodemque tempore iterum defecerit, tum signis omnibus ad principium revocatis, expletum annum habeto,
Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:
quando mihi usus venerit, tum quaeram ex te atque discam,
Gell. 6 (7), 17, 4.—
F.
In the apodosis after simul ac:
an simul ac nubes successere, ipse in eas tum Descendit (Juppiter), prope ut hinc teli determinet ictus?
Lucr. 6, 402.—
G.
With a temporal clause introduced by dum.
1.
Tum as antecedent:
sanctius visum est nomen Augusti, ut scilicet jam tum dum colit terras, ipso numine ac titulo consecretur,
Flor. 2, 33, 66 (4, 12, 66).—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis:
dum habeat, tum amet,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 1, 23:
dum se glomerant... tum pondere turris Procubuit,
Verg. A. 9, 540.—
H.
As antecedent of quamdiu:
qui cum tibi amicus non modo tum fuerit quamdiu tecum in provincia fuerit, verum etiam nunc sit cum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 24, § 58.—
K.
Denoting a logical consequence after quando and cum:
quando ergo erga te benignus fui... tum te mihi benigne itidem addecet... referre gratiam,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 35:
cum magnus numerus deesset, tum iste homo nefarius in eorum locum... substituere coepit cives Romanos,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 28, § 72.—
L.
After relative clauses denoting time: qua tempestate Paris Helenam innuptis junxit nuptiis, Ego tum gravida expletis jam fere ad pariendum mensibus, Poet. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 58, 219 (Trag. Rel. p. 246 Rib.).—
M.
With conditional clauses.
1.
With a conditional clause introduced by si, sin, ni (not nisi).
(α).
Tum as antecedent of clause:
tum pol ego interii, homo si ille abiit,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 6; id. Men. 2, 2, 71; Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 40:
si tenuis causa est, tum etiam argumentandi tenue filum,
Cic. Or. 36, 124; id. Rep. 1, 40, 62; 2, 9, 15; id. Fin. 1, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 13; id. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
tum vero ego nequiquam Capitolium servaverim si civem in servitutem duci videam,
Liv. 6, 14, 4; 3, 9, 11; 6, 14, 4; 7, 34, 14; Cato ap. Plin. 29, 1, 7, § 14; Gell. 2, 12, 1 sq.; 4, 13, 1; 14, 2, 21.—
(β).
Tum introducing the apodosis:
si triduum hoc hic erimus, tum arbores in te cadent,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 30; id. Rud. 5, 2, 59; 3, 4, 49; id. As. 1, 3, 89; id. Rud. 1, 3, 13; id. Ps. 4, 1, 1; 4, 1, 48 (39); Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 64; 3, 1, 17; id. Phorm. 1, 3, 19; Cato, R. R. 26; cf. id. ib. 27:
quod si, ut spero, cepero, tum vero litteras publice mittam,
Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 3; id. Div. 1, 44, 100; cf. id. Ac. 2, 10, 32; id. Fin. 2, 4, 79; id. N. D. 3, 36, 87; id. Rep. 1, 43, 66: id. [p. 1911] Rosc. Am. 49, 142:
si dimicandum erit, tum tu in novissimos te recipito,
Liv. 7, 40, 13; 8, 10, 12; Hor. S. 1, 2, 97; Ov. M. 7, 32.—
Esp., denoting the consequences of perjury in ancient formulas of oaths: si ego injuste illos homines dedier mihi exposco, tum patriae compotem me numquam siris esse,
Liv. 1, 32, 7; 1, 24, 8; 22, 53, 11; hence, quid si falles? Me. Tum Mercurius Sosiae iratus siet, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 239; 3, 2, 52; id. Aul. 4, 10, 50; cf. also Liv. 3, 64, 10.—
2.
With a condition contrary to fact.
(α).
Tum, antecedent of clause:
tum esset ostentum, si anguem vectis circumplicavisset,
Cic. Div. 2, 28, 62; id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
tum id audirem si tibi soli viveres,
id. Marcell. 8, 25; id. Fin. 4, 13, 33; id. Div. 2, 35, 73.—
(β).
Tum introducing the apodosis:
si quidem me amaret, tum istuc prodesset,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 56:
quodsi omnia nobis quae ad victum pertinent. suppeditarentur, tum optimo quisque ingenio, totum se in cognitione et scientia collocaret,
Cic. Off. 1, 44, 158. —
N.
After an abl. absol.
1.
With perfect participles (= postquam or cum... tum), mostly with denique, vero, demum.
(α).
Referring to definite past time:
ut morte ejus nuntiata tum denique bellum confectum arbitraretur,
Cic. Mur. 16, 34:
sed confecto proelio tum vero cerneres quanta vis animi fuisset in exercitu Catilinae,
Sall. C. 61, 1:
ita rebus divinis peractis tum de bello deque republica dictator rettulit,
Liv. 22, 11, 1; 2, 29, 1; 2, 29, 3; 3, 56, 1; 5, 50, 8; Plin. 11, 20, 22, § 68.—
(β).
Referring to indefinite time:
hisce omnibus rebus consideratis, tum denique id quod primum est dicendum, postremum soleo cogitare, quo utar exordio,
Cic. Or. 2, 77, 315.—
(γ).
Referring to future time (the abl. absol. = a fut. perf.):
ita prope XL. diebus interpositis tum denique se responsuros esse arbitrantur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 31; 1, 18, 54; id. Fin. 4, 13, 32; id. Scaur. Fragm. 10, 22.—
2.
With pres. participles (post-class.):
tacentibus cunctis, tum ipse (dixit), etc.,
Just. 12, 15, 6.
III.
Particular connections.
A.
With other particles of time.
1.
Jam tum, already at that time, i. e. earlier than might be anticipated:
jam tum erat suspitio Dolo malo haec fieri,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8; cf. id. ib. 4, 4, 58; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 34:
quippe etenim jam tum divom mortalia saecla Egregias animo facies vigilante videbant,
Lucr. 5, 1169; 5, 1037:
ut mihi jam tum divinasse ille (Romulus) videatur hanc urbem sedem aliquando summo esse imperio praebituram,
Cic. Rep. 2, 5, 10; 2, 7, 12; id. Div. 2, 57, 118; id. Tusc. 4, 2, 4:
jam tum in Palatio monte Lupercal hoc fuisse ludicrum ferunt,
Liv. 1, 5, 1; 1, 7, 16; 1, 41, 7; 10, 21, 14;
24, 49, 1: ut jam tum qualis futurus esset ostenderet,
Suet. Dom. 1; Curt. 4, 6, 29.—
2.
Tum demum and tum denique, then only, then at length, then at last, not till then, i. e. later than might be expected, implying delayed action.
a.
Tum demum.
(α).
In gen.:
adversisque in rebus noscere qui sit. Nam verae voces tum demum pectore ab imo Eiciuntur,
Lucr. 3, 58:
tum demum Liscus, oratione Caesaris adductus, quod antea tacuerat proponit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 5, 33; Sall. J. 46, 1:
nec ante in campum degressi sunt quam, etc. Tum demum castra Etruscorum pro moenibus Fidenarum posita,
Liv. 4, 17, 12; 45, 12, 6; 2, 20, 11; 5, 39, 2; 23, 19, 15 et saep.; Val. Max. 1, 6, 10; 1, 7, 4; Curt. 3, 12, 12; Tac. A. 3, 18; 3, 47.—
(β).
In partic., referring to clauses introduced by cum, ubi, si, or abl. absol. (v. II. A. B. L. M.), denoting absolute restriction to the terms of the clause:
imo etiam ubi expolivero, magis hoc tum demum dices,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 60:
tum demum mihi procax Academia videbitur si aut consenserint omnes, aut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 1, 6, 13:
cum is Casilini eo die mansurum dixisset, tum demum cognitus est error,
Liv. 22, 13, 8; Vell. 2, 115, 4; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 fin.; 7, 2, 4; Curt. 3, 11, 6; Plin. Ep. 8, 20, 7.—
(γ).
Sometimes = nunc demum (anteclass.): victus es, Chaline. St. Tum nos demum vivere. Olympio. Gaudeo, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 65.—
b.
Tum denique.
(α).
In gen.:
tum denique tauros in gregem redigo,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5:
injecta glaeba tumulus is (locus) ubi humatus est vocatur, ac tum denique multa religiosa jura complectitur,
Cic. Leg. 2, 22, 57; id. Fin. 3, 22, 76; id. Tusc. 3, 26, 61: nequiquam temptati ut tum denique desisterent impediendo bello, Liv. 4, 55, 5; Ov. M. 4, 519; 7, 857; 10, 664.—
(β).
Referring to clauses with cum, etc. (v. II. A. B. L. M.):
tum denique homines nostra intellegimus bona quom quae in potestate habuimus ea amisimus,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 33:
quo cum venerimus, tum denique vivemus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75; 3, 31, 75; id. Leg. 2, 4, 10; id. Rep. 1, 6, 11; so,
tum denique si,
id. Fam. 14, 2, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 10, § 29; id. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 1:
indicandum primum fuisse, dein petendum praesidium, postremo ni impetraretur, tum denique querendum,
Liv. 23, 43, 2; Cato ap. Plin. 17, 18, 29, § 126 (for tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9, v. II. D. 2. a).—
3.
Tum primum (rarely primo), then for the first time:
tum genus humanum primum mollescere coepit,
Lucr. 5, 1014:
ludorum gratia quos tum primum anniversarios in circo facere constituisset,
Cic. Rep. 2, 7, 12; id. Sen. 21, 78; Caes. B. G. 7, 11:
ponte sublicio tum primum in Tiberi facto,
Liv. 1, 33, 6; 2, 41, 3; 39, 22, 2; 2, 20, 6; 39, 49, 4; Vell. 2, 37, 5; Tac. A. 2, 27; id. H. 4, 57; Curt. 3, 12, 26. —
4.
With deinde, hic, postea, with consecutive force emphatic.
a.
Deinde tum (very rare):
primum ea quae sumus acturi cogitare debemus, deinde tum dicere ac facere,
Varr. L. L. 6, 6, 62.—
b.
Tum deinde.
(α).
= tum demum or tum denique, then at length, not till then, then only:
nonne optime patronus occurrat prius conviciis luxuriae, etc., tum deinde narret de bonis Pallae? etc.,
Quint. 4, 2, 27; 12, 10, 11:
emam, aedificabo, credam, exigam, honores geram: tum deinde lassam senectutem in otium referam,
Sen. Ep. 101, 4; Plin. 16, 44, 95, § 251.—So corresp. with cum:
quas cum solus pertulisset, tum deinde comitia collegae subrogando habuit,
Liv. 2, 8, 3 (Weissenb. demum, by conj.); Col. R. R. 1, 6, 13. —
(β).
= an emphatic deinde: nam praetermisit quod in prima parte sumere debuit;
tum deinde eodem ipso quod omiserat quasi proposito ad confirmandum aliud utitur,
Gell. 2, 8, 3; 13, 24 (23), 1; Just. 2, 1, 19.—
c.
With hic:
hic tum repente Pacilius quidam accedit, ait, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 94:
hic ego tum ad respondendum surrexi,
id. Clu. 18, 51; 27, 73:
hic tum injectus est hominibus scrupulus,
id. ib. 28, 76; id. Sest. 11, 25.—
d.
Tum postea:
tum postea complorantibus nostris, dies quidem tandem inluxit,
Gell. 19, 1, 3; so id. 14, 3, 10 (for quid tum postea, v. D. 1.).—
5.
With interim:
unum, alterum, tertium annum Sassia quiescebat... Tum interim, Q. Hortensio, Q. Metello coss.... despondet ei filiam suam,
Cic. Clu. 64, 179.—
B.
With particles of emphasis.
1.
Tum vero (sometimes tum enimvero or enimvero tum), then indeed, at that crisis, then if not before, etc., or merely = emphatic then, denoting either coincidence or sequence of action.
(α).
In gen.:
discedit a Melino Cluentia. Tum vero illa egregia mater palam exsultare... coepit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 14; 22, 61; id. Agr. 1, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 41, § 107:
semper equidem magno cum metu incipio dicere... tum vero ita sum perturbatus ut, etc.,
id. Clu. 18, 51:
tum vero dubitandum non existimavit quin ad eos proficisceretur,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8; 5, 37; id. B. C. 1, 82; 2, 42:
Aruns Tarquinius et Tullia minor... junguntur nuptiis. Tum vero in dies infestior Tulli senectus... coepit esse,
Liv. 1, 47, 1; 2, 22, 6; 4, 49, 13; 10, 19, 12; 21, 45, 9; 21, 58, 5; Ov. M. 2, 227; 7, 685; Curt. 4, 13, 1; 3, 11, 5; Tac. Agr. 37.—And in enumerations:
deinde... post autem... tum vero ipsam veterem Karthaginem vendunt,
Cic. Agr. 1, 2, 5.—
(β).
As correlative of temporal or conditional clauses, and after abl. absol.:
quod ubi Romam est nuntiatum, senatui metum injecit ne tum vero sustineri nec in urbe seditio, nec in castris posset,
Liv. 5, 7, 4; Sall. J. 94, 3:
tum vero... si,
Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 63; Liv. 6, 14, 4 (v. II. M. 1. a, b).—With cum, Liv. 32, 12, 1:
quae postquam frustra temptata rogumque parari... vidit, Tum vero gemitus... Edidit,
Ov. M. 2, 621; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40; v. C. 1. b. (so, tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; v. II. D. 2. and M. 1.).—
2.
Tum quidem, at that time, thereupon, then at least (usu. opposed to a later time): dixit sibi in somnis visum esse, etc. Et tum quidem incolumis exercitum liberavit; post triennium autem devovit se, etc., Cic. Div. 1, 24, 51; so,
actum quidem,
id. Fl. 25, 59; id. Lael. 11, 39:
et tum quidem ab Dio Perseus in interiora regni recepit se... post dies paucos, etc.,
Liv. 42, 39, 1; 1, 57, 10; 3, 2, 10;
7, 17, 3.—Often in resuming the narrative after a digression: ac tum quidem regem... filium appellat,
Curt. 4, 7, 25.—Merely emphatic:
Duillio Cornelioque coss. etiam mari congredi ausus est. Tum quidem ipsa velocitas classis comparatae victoriae auspicium fuit,
Flor. 1, 18 (2, 2), 7; so id. 1, 22 (2, 6), 20; 1, 40 (3, 5), 12.—With cum, Tac. Dial. 11.—
3.
Ne tum quidem, not even then:
num quis horum miser hodie? Ne tum quidem, post spiritum extremum,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 37, 89; id. Div. 1, 26, 55; id. Verr. 2, 2, 40, § 98:
ubi ne tum quidem eos prodire intellexit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 50; 7, 53; Tac. H. 5, 21; Curt. 3, 2, 18.—With cum:
ille vere ne tum quidem miser cum ab Oroete in crucem actus est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 30, 92; so id. Tusc. 5, 20, 57; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; Liv. praef. 12; 39, 39, 11.—
4.
Tum maxime (sometimes tum cummaxime).
(α).
Especially at that time, chiefly then: illi sumposia, nos convivia quod tum maxime simul vivitur, Cic. Fam. 9, 24, 35; id. Leg. 2, 11, 26.—With cum:
quae quidem vis tum maxime cognita est cum... M. Cato, legem suadens, in Galbam multa dixit,
Cic. Brut. 23, 89; id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Par. 4, 1, 29.—
(β).
Just then, just at that moment (not ante-Aug.):
regi, tum maxime captivos ex Illyrico vendenti,
Liv. 43, 20, 3; 1, 10, 1:
per totam aciem vulgatum est, castra amissa esse, et tum cummaxime ardere,
id. 40, 32, 1; so,
tum cummaxime,
id. 43, 7, 8:
corpus enim suum a caupone trucidatum tum maxime plaustro ad portam ferri,
Val. Max. 1, 7, ext. 10; 2, 10, 2; 3, 2, 2 fin.; Curt. 3, 4, 14; 6, 6, 10; Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154; Quint. 2, 15, 30; 2, 61, 31; Suet. Caes. 65; id. Calig. 53.—So with cum:
et quod tum maxime Abydum oppugnaret cum rex ab Attalo et Rhodiis ultro se bello lacessitum diceret,
Liv. 31, 18, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 15, 2.—
(γ).
Strengthening the co-ordinate tum after cum, so especially; v. I. C. 3. e. b (for cum maxime... tum maxime and tum maxime... cum plurimum, v. II. A. 3. a. b.).—
5.
Tum potissimum = tum maxime, just then (rare):
C. Caesar... tum potissimum acie commissa impeditos religione hostes vicit,
Front. Strat. 2, 1, 16.—
6.
Etiam tum.
(α).
Even then:
etiam tum vivit cum esse credas mortuam,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28:
totum se Servilio etiam tum tradidit,
even then, at so late a time, Cic. Sest. 62, 130:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit,
id. Rosc. Am. 20, 57.— So with cum, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 59, § 154; id. Dom. 13, 23; id. Sest. 38, 81.—
(β).
Still, as yet (also as one word; cf. etiamtum, and v. the foll. additional passages), Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 19, § 41; id. Fin. 3, 14, 48; id. Rep. 2, 12, 24; id. Arch. 3, 5; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; id. Brut. 20, 80; id. Off. 2, 14, 47; Caes. B. C. 3, 93; Liv. 5, 40, 10; Val. Max. 9, 6, 3; Tac. A. 3, 72; Suet. Claud. 27 fin.; id. Dom. 22.—
And with a negation, = nondum: ipsa ego non longos etiam tum scissa capillos,
not yet long, Ov. H. 8, 79.—
7.
Tum etiam.
(α).
Followed by si or cum, even if, even when:
atque equidem filium Tum etiam si nolit, cogam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 65:
qui tum etiam cum... circumfusi erant caligine,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 45.—
(β).
Then also, then too, besides:
tum etiam illud cogitatote, sic vivere Cornelium ut, etc.,
Cic. Balb. 28, 65; id. N. D. 1, 16, 43; so id. Leg. 1, 13, 35; id. Fin. 2, 16, 53; Col. 12 praef.—
8.
Tum quoque.
(α).
Also then, then likewise, then as before, then as on another occasion mentioned before: ceu lapidem si Percutiat lapis aut ferrum;
nam tum quoque lumen Exsilit,
Lucr. 6, 162:
tum quoque homini plus tribui quam nescio cui necessitati,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 11, 28:
tum quoque multis milibus Latinorum in civitatem acceptis,
Liv. 1, 33, 5; 2, 52, 2; 21, 22, 4; Caes. B. C. 3, 37; Ov. M. 14, 369.—
(β).
Even then, = etiam tum (rare):
et tamen tum quoque se absentes triumphare credunt,
Liv. 45, 38, 13; 39, 41, 3; 39, 47, 11; Ov. H. 17 (18), 190.—
(γ).
In orat. obliq. (v. I. A. 2.), even now:
quod si Romani tum quoque aequa aspernarentur,
Liv. 42, 62, 7. —
(δ).
= sic quoque, even under the circumstances, even as it was, etc. (v. sic, V. 3.): ut si effugium patuisset in publicum, impleturae urbem tumultu fuerint. Tum quoque [p. 1912] aliquotiens integro corpore evaserunt, Liv. 24, 26, 13; 40, 16, 6; 43, 4, 1;
9, 13, 9: tum quoque, amputata dextra, navem sinistra comprehendit,
Just. 2, 9, 18.—
9.
Tum ipsum = eo ipso tempore, at the very time, just then, even then (only in Cic. in four passages; cf.:
nunc ipsum): tota igitur ratio talium largitionum vitiosa est, temporibus necessaria, et tum ipsum... moderanda est,
Cic. Off. 2, 17, 60:
quem quidem cum sua voluntate ex patria Karthaginem revertisset, tum ipsum cum vigiliis et fame cruciaretur, clamat virtus beatiorem fuisse quam Thorium,
id. Fin. 2, 20, 65 Madv. ad loc.:
tum ipsum cum immolare velis extorum fieri mutatio potest,
id. Div. 1, 52, 118:
ita (oratores), non injuria, quotienscunque dicerent, id quod aliquando posset accidere, ne tum ipsum accideret, timere,
id. Or. 1, 27, 123.—
C.
Tum with co-ordinating particles.
1.
Tum autem.
(α).
= praeterea, and then, besides (v. I. C. 1.): turpilucricupidum te vocant cives tui;
tum autem sunt alii qui te volturium vocant,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 64:
oves scabrae sunt... Tum autem Surorum nemo exstat qui ibi sex menses vixerit,
id. ib. 2, 4, 141; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 4, 2, 3; id. Poen. 5, 5, 34; 5, 7, 22; Ter. And. 1, 5, 34; id. Eun. 5, 9, 7; id. Hec. 2, 1, 14; 3, 2, 10:
tum autem qui non ipso honesto movemur... callidi sumus, non boni,
Cic. Leg. 1, 14, 41; id. Or. 1, 58, 247; 2, 19, 80.—
(β).
= tum... tum:
visne igitur inter hos populos inambulantes, tum autem residentes quaeramus eisdem de rebus?
Cic. Leg. 1, 5, 15.—
(γ).
= eo tempore, with autem as connective:
tum illic autem Lemnius... uxorem duxit, etc.,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 3, 25:
tum autem ex omnibus montibus nives proluit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 48.—
(δ).
But in this instance:
uxori emunda ancilla'st: tum autem pluscula Supellectile opus est,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 60; 5, 7, 25 sq.—
2.
For tum etiam, v. B. 7. b.—
3.
Tum praeterea:
nam tui similis est probe. Tum praeterea talem, nisi tu, nulla pareret filium,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 3, 20; so id. Ad. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 3, 2, 33; Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56 (v. I. C. 3. e. l).—
4.
Tum porro:
tum porro venti magnam quoque tollere partem Umoris possunt,
Lucr. 6, 623; 4, 829 (827).—
D.
Quid tum?
1.
In dialogue, what then? what next? what further? novi ego hos pugnos meos. Ca. Quid tum? Th. Quid tum? Rogitas? Hisce ego, si tu me inritaveris, placidum te hodie reddam, Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 49; so id. As. 2, 2, 83; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 47; 3, 5, 66; id. Phorm. 3, 3, 8.—And strengthened:
quid tum postea?
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; id. As. 2, 2, 68; 2, 2, 79; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 78; 4, 2, 9; 4, 7, 23; id. Ad. 4, 5, 15; id. Hec. 4, 1, 36: videsne abundare me otio? A. Quid tum? Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 26.—
2.
In imitation of a dialogue:
at mulctantur bonis exsules. Quid tum? Parumne multa de toleranda paupertate dicuntur?
Cic. Tusc. 5, 37, 107; so id. Quint. 22, 72; 27, 84; id. Verr. 2, 4, 59, § 132; id. Dom. 47, 123; id. Dejot. 7, 22; id. Phil. 1, 10, 26; Hor. S. 2, 3, 230.—
3.
As emphatic co-ordinative in quoting the different items of a document, law, etc.: quive in senatu sententiam dixit, dixerit. Quid tum? Qui eorum coiit, coierit, etc., what next? i. e. and then, listen! Cic. Clu. 54, 148; so id. Agr. 1, 5, 16; 3, 3, 11; id. Mur. 12, 26; id. Fl. 23, 55.—
E.
Tum temporis = eo tempore (post class. and rare; cf.:
tunc temporis): postera die civitas principem suum, ac tum temporis consulem in foro expectabat,
Just. 31, 2, 6.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tum
4 venir

v.

1 to come.

venir a/de hacer algo to come to do something/from doing something

venir de algo to come from something (proceder, derivarse)

venir a alguien con algo to come to somebody with something

no me vengas con exigencias don't come to me making demands

el año que viene next year

Una persona vino A person came.

2 to arrive.

vino a las doce he arrived at twelve o'clock

3 to be.

su foto viene en primera página his photo is o appears on the front page

el texto viene en inglés the text is in English

vienen en todos los tamaños they come in every size

las anchoas vienen en lata anchovies come in tins

Ella venía cantando por la calle She was singing in the street.

4 to receive.

Me vino un telegrama I received a telegram.

5 to come up, to blow up.

6 to be the host for.

Nos vinieron tres personas We were the host for three people.

7 to come to.

Nos vino una idea An idea came to us.

* * *

VENIR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

vengo, vienes, viene, venimos, venís, vienen.

Past Indicative

vine, viniste, vino, vinimos, vinisteis, vinieron.

Future Indicative

vendré, vendrás, vendrá, vendremos, vendréis, vendrán.

Conditional

vendría, vendrías, vendría, vendríamos, vendríais, vendrían.

Present Subjunctive

venga, vengas, venga, vengamos, vengáis, vengan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

viniera, vinieras, viniera, viniéramos, vinierais, vinieran;

viniese, vinieses, viniese, viniésemos, vinieseis, viniesen.

Future Subjunctive

viniere, vinieres, viniere, viniéremos, viniereis, vinieren.

Imperative

ven (tú), venga (él/Vd.), vengamos (nos.), venid (vos.), vengan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to come

2) arrive

3) fit

4) follow, come after

•

- venirse abajo

* * *
Para las expresiones venir al caso, venir de lejos, venir a las manos, venir a menos, venir a pelo, venir de perlas, venirse abajo, venirse encima, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (a un lugar) to come

vino a Córdoba desde Barcelona — he came to Córdoba from Barcelona

¡ven acá o aquí! — come (over) here!

vino en taxi — he came by taxi

—

vinieron a verme al hospital — they came to see me in hospital

me vienen a recoger en coche — they're coming to pick me up in the car

•¿y todo esto a quéviene? — what's all this in aid of?

¿a qué vienen tantos llantos? — what's all this crying about?

¿y ahora a qué vienes? — what do you want now?

• hacer venir a algn, le hicieron venir desde Londres — they had him come (all the way) from London

hicieron venir al médico — they sent for the doctor, they called out the doctor

• venir (a) por algn/algo — to come for sb/sth

vinieron (a) por el enfermo — they came to pick up the patient, they came for the patient

han venido (a) por el coche — they've come to pick up the car, they've come for the car

venirle a algn con —

no me vengas con historias — don't give me any of your stories

2) (=volver)

¡enseguida o ahora vengo! — I'll be right back! *

cuando vinimos de las vacaciones todo estaba sucio — when we got back from our holiday everything was dirty

3) (=estar) to be

la noticia venía en el periódico — the news was in the paper

viene en la página 47 — it's on page 47

esta palabra no viene en el diccionario — this word isn't in the dictionary

el texto viene en castellano — the text is (written) in Spanish

viene en varios colores — it comes in several colours

4) (=ocurrir) to come

la guerra y todo lo que vino después — the war and everything that happened o came afterwards

ahora viene lo mejor de la película — this is the best bit in the film, the best bit in the film is coming up now

lo veía venir — I could see it coming

- estar a verlas venir

- venga lo que venga

- venir rodado

- las desgracias nunca vienen solas

5) venir de (=provenir) to come from

esta palabra viene del árabe — this word comes from the Arabic

esta especia viene de oriente — this spice comes from the East

la fortuna le viene de su padre — his fortune comes from his father

de ahí vienen muchos problemas — it is the cause of many problems

• la honestidad le viene de familia — honesty runs in her family

6) (=sobrevenir)

de repente le vinieron muchos problemas — a lot of problems suddenly cropped up

le vino un gran dolor de cabeza — he got a terrible headache

le vino la idea de salir — he had the idea of going out

me vinieron ganas de llorar — I felt like crying

- como te o le venga en gana

7) (=quedar)

la falda me viene ancha — the skirt is too loose (for me)

el abrigo te viene algo pequeño — the coat is rather small on o for you

te viene estrecho en la espalda — it's too tight round your shoulders

este puesto de trabajo me viene grande o ancho — this job is beyond me, this job is too much for me

• venir bien, ¿te viene bien el sábado? — is Saturday all right for you?

hoy no me viene bien — today is not convenient for me

eso vendrá bien para el invierno — that will come in handy for the winter *

me vendría bien una copita — I could do with a drink *

• venir mal, mañana me viene mal — tomorrow is inconvenient

no me vendría mal un descanso — I could do with a rest

8) por venir
(=futuro)
las generaciones por venir — future generations, generations to come

lo peor está por venir — the worst is yet o still to come
que viene (=próximo) next
el mes que viene — next month

lo estudiaremos el curso que viene — we'll be studying it next year
venga a (con sentido reiterativo)
yo estoy nerviosísimo y ella venga a mirarme — I'm really nervous and she won't stop staring at me

yo no tenía dinero y el niño venga a pedir chucherías — I didn't have any money and my boy was always o forever asking for little treats

tenía mucha prisa y los periodistas venga a preguntas — I was in a real hurry and the journalists wouldn't stop asking questions

9) (como auxiliar)

a)

—

el desastre vino a turbar nuestra tranquilidad — the disaster upset our peaceful existence

viene a llenar un gran vacío — it fills a big gap

vino a parar o dar a la cárcel — he ended up in jail

• venir a ser, viene a ser 84 en total — it comes to 84 all together

viene a ser lo mismo — it comes to o amounts to the same thing

b) [+ gerund]

eso lo vengo diciendo desde hace tiempo — that's what I've been saying all along

c) [+ participio]

vengo cansado — I'm tired

venía hecho polvo — *he was shattered *

10) ¡venga!
( Esp) *
¡venga, vámonos! — come on, let's go!

¡venga, una canción! — let's have a song!

préstame cinco euros, venga — go on, lend me five euros

-¿quieres que lo hagamos juntos? -¡venga! — "shall we do it together?" - "come on, then"

-¡hasta luego! -¡venga! — "see you later!" - "O.K.!" o"right!"

¡venga ya, no seas pesado! — come on, don't be such a bore!

-me ha tocado la lotería -¡venga ya! — "I've won the lottery" - "you're kidding! *"

2.

See:

venirse

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1)

a) ( a un lugar) to come

vine en tren/avión — I came by train/plane

¿a qué vino? — what did he come by o around for?

¿ha venido el electricista? — has the electrician been?

que venga el encargado! — I want to see the person in charge!

vine dormida todo el tiempo — I slept (for) the whole journey

venir por or (Esp) a por alguien/algo — to come for somebody/something, come to pick somebody/something up

venir a + inf — to come to + inf

ven a ver esto — come and see this

b) ( volver) to come back

ahora vengo — I'll be back in a moment

no vengas tarde — don't be late home o back

c) ( salir)

venir con algo: me vino con un cuento he came up with some excuse; no me vengas con exigencias don't start making demands; no me vengas con eso ahora don't give me that (colloq); y ahora viene con que necesita el doble — and now he says he needs double

d) ( sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

me vino una gripe — I came o went down with flu

me vinieron unas ganas de reír... — I felt like bursting out laughing

2)

a) ( tener lugar)

ahora viene esa escena que te conté — that scene I told you about is coming up now

entonces vino la guerra — then the war came

¿qué viene después de las noticias? — what's on after the news?

ya vendrán tiempos mejores — things will get better

b) ( indicando procedencia)

venir de algo — to come from something

viene de la India — it comes from India

le viene de familia — it runs in his family

de ahí viene que tenga deudas — that's why he has debts

¿a qué viene eso? — why do you say that?

¿a qué vienen esos gritos? — what's all the shouting about?

c) ( indicando presentación) to come

viene en tres tamaños — it comes in three sizes

el folleto viene en inglés — the brochure is available in English

d) ( estar incluido)

viene en primera página — it's on the front page

no viene nada sobre la huelga — there's nothing about the strike

3) (+ me/te/le etc)

a) ( quedar) (+ compl)

la camisa te viene ancha — the shirt's too big for you

ese abrigo le viene mal — that coat doesn't suit her

el cargo le viene grande — he isn't up to the job

b) ( convenir) (+ compl)

estas cajas me vendrían muy bien — these boxes would come in handy

¿te viene bien a las ocho? — is eight o'clock all right o OK for you?

el jueves no me viene bien — Thursday's no good for me

me vendría bien un descanso — I could do with a rest

4) (como aux)

a)

venir a + inf: esto viene a confirmar mis sospechas this confirms my suspicions; vendrá a tener unos 30 años she must be about 30; el precio viene a ser el mismo — the price works out (about) the same

b)

venir + ger: hace mucho que lo venía diciendo I'd been saying so all along; viene trabajando aquí desde hace muchos años — he has been working here for many years
2.
venirse v pron (enf)

a) ( a un lugar) to come

se vinieron a pie — they came on foot

¿te vienes al parque? — are you coming to the park?

venirse abajo — persona to go to pieces; techo to fall in, collapse; estante to collapse; ilusiones to go up in smoke; proyectos to fall through

b) ( volver) to come back

* * *

= come.

Nota: Verbo irregular: pasado came, participio come.

Ex. This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.

----

* ¡venga ya! = on your bike!.

* ir y venir = come and go.

* lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.

* no hay mal que por bien no venga = be a blessing in disguise.

* Nombre/Pronombre + vino como anillo al dedo = it worked out beautifully for + Nombre/Pronombre.

* no venir al caso = be immaterial.

* no venir mal + Infinitivo = not hurt to + Infinitivo.

* que viene = incoming.

* que viene el lobo = crying wolf.

* sin venir a cuento = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue, for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.

* sin venir a pelo = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.

* sistema + venirse abajo = system + crash.

* ven aquí = come over here.

* venir a continuación de + Nombre = come in + Posesivo + footsteps.

* venir a la mente = spring to + mind.

* venir al mundo = come into + the world.

* venir a menos = retrench.

* venir aquí = come over.

* venir a ser lo mismo que = amount to + the same thing as.

* venir bien = be none the worse for (that), suit + best.

* venir como anillo al dedo = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea, be right as rain, fit + the bill, be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.

* venir con = come with.

* venir con buenas intenciones = come in + peace.

* venir de maravilla = be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.

* venir de mucho tiempo atrás = go back + a long way.

* venir de perilla = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea, be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.

* venir en son de paz = come in + peace.

* venir instintivamente a = come + naturally to, be second nature to + Pronombre.

* venir justo después de = come on + the heels of.

* venirle Algo grande a Alguien = get + too big for + Posesivo + boots, get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.

* venirle a Uno a la mente = come to + mind.

* venir muy bien = fit + the bill.

* venir por naturaleza a = come + naturally to, be second nature to + Pronombre.

* venirse abajo = break down, tumble down, tumble, fall + apart.

* ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* verse venir = be on the cards.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1)

a) ( a un lugar) to come

vine en tren/avión — I came by train/plane

¿a qué vino? — what did he come by o around for?

¿ha venido el electricista? — has the electrician been?

que venga el encargado! — I want to see the person in charge!

vine dormida todo el tiempo — I slept (for) the whole journey

venir por or (Esp) a por alguien/algo — to come for somebody/something, come to pick somebody/something up

venir a + inf — to come to + inf

ven a ver esto — come and see this

b) ( volver) to come back

ahora vengo — I'll be back in a moment

no vengas tarde — don't be late home o back

c) ( salir)

venir con algo: me vino con un cuento he came up with some excuse; no me vengas con exigencias don't start making demands; no me vengas con eso ahora don't give me that (colloq); y ahora viene con que necesita el doble — and now he says he needs double

d) ( sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

me vino una gripe — I came o went down with flu

me vinieron unas ganas de reír... — I felt like bursting out laughing

2)

a) ( tener lugar)

ahora viene esa escena que te conté — that scene I told you about is coming up now

entonces vino la guerra — then the war came

¿qué viene después de las noticias? — what's on after the news?

ya vendrán tiempos mejores — things will get better

b) ( indicando procedencia)

venir de algo — to come from something

viene de la India — it comes from India

le viene de familia — it runs in his family

de ahí viene que tenga deudas — that's why he has debts

¿a qué viene eso? — why do you say that?

¿a qué vienen esos gritos? — what's all the shouting about?

c) ( indicando presentación) to come

viene en tres tamaños — it comes in three sizes

el folleto viene en inglés — the brochure is available in English

d) ( estar incluido)

viene en primera página — it's on the front page

no viene nada sobre la huelga — there's nothing about the strike

3) (+ me/te/le etc)

a) ( quedar) (+ compl)

la camisa te viene ancha — the shirt's too big for you

ese abrigo le viene mal — that coat doesn't suit her

el cargo le viene grande — he isn't up to the job

b) ( convenir) (+ compl)

estas cajas me vendrían muy bien — these boxes would come in handy

¿te viene bien a las ocho? — is eight o'clock all right o OK for you?

el jueves no me viene bien — Thursday's no good for me

me vendría bien un descanso — I could do with a rest

4) (como aux)

a)

venir a + inf: esto viene a confirmar mis sospechas this confirms my suspicions; vendrá a tener unos 30 años she must be about 30; el precio viene a ser el mismo — the price works out (about) the same

b)

venir + ger: hace mucho que lo venía diciendo I'd been saying so all along; viene trabajando aquí desde hace muchos años — he has been working here for many years
2.
venirse v pron (enf)

a) ( a un lugar) to come

se vinieron a pie — they came on foot

¿te vienes al parque? — are you coming to the park?

venirse abajo — persona to go to pieces; techo to fall in, collapse; estante to collapse; ilusiones to go up in smoke; proyectos to fall through

b) ( volver) to come back

* * *

= come.

Nota: Verbo irregular: pasado came, participio come.

Ex: This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.

* ¡venga ya! = on your bike!.

* ir y venir = come and go.

* lo bueno viene en frascos pequeños = small is beautiful.

* no hay mal que por bien no venga = be a blessing in disguise.

* Nombre/Pronombre + vino como anillo al dedo = it worked out beautifully for + Nombre/Pronombre.

* no venir al caso = be immaterial.

* no venir mal + Infinitivo = not hurt to + Infinitivo.

* que viene = incoming.

* que viene el lobo = crying wolf.

* sin venir a cuento = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue, for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.

* sin venir a pelo = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, for no good reason.

* sistema + venirse abajo = system + crash.

* ven aquí = come over here.

* venir a continuación de + Nombre = come in + Posesivo + footsteps.

* venir a la mente = spring to + mind.

* venir al mundo = come into + the world.

* venir a menos = retrench.

* venir aquí = come over.

* venir a ser lo mismo que = amount to + the same thing as.

* venir bien = be none the worse for (that), suit + best.

* venir como anillo al dedo = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea, be right as rain, fit + the bill, be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.

* venir con = come with.

* venir con buenas intenciones = come in + peace.

* venir de maravilla = be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.

* venir de mucho tiempo atrás = go back + a long way.

* venir de perilla = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley, be + Posesivo + cup of tea, be just the thing, be just the ticket, be just the job.

* venir en son de paz = come in + peace.

* venir instintivamente a = come + naturally to, be second nature to + Pronombre.

* venir justo después de = come on + the heels of.

* venirle Algo grande a Alguien = get + too big for + Posesivo + boots, get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.

* venirle a Uno a la mente = come to + mind.

* venir muy bien = fit + the bill.

* venir por naturaleza a = come + naturally to, be second nature to + Pronombre.

* venirse abajo = break down, tumble down, tumble, fall + apart.

* ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* verse venir = be on the cards.

* * *

venir [ I31 ]

vi

A

1 (a un lugar) to come

vine en tren/avión I came by train/plane

¿puedes venir un momento? can you come here a second?

casi nos matamos viniendo or al venir de Medellín we nearly got killed on our way from o coming from Medellín

¿a qué vino? what did he come by o around o ( BrE) round for?

¿ha venido el electricista? has the electrician been?

¡que venga el encargado! I want to see the person in charge!

vengo de parte del Sr Díaz Mr Díaz sent me, I'm here on behalf of Mr Díaz

¿vienes solo? — no, con un amigo have you come on your own? — no, with a friend

vine dormida todo el tiempo I slept (for) the whole journey

viene furiosa she's furious

venir POR algn to come for sb, come to pick sb up

vienen por mí a las ocho they're coming for me o they're picking me up at eight

venir ( A) POR algo to come for sth, come to pick sth up

vinieron (a) por el pan they came for o came to pick up the bread

venir A + INF:

ven a ver esto come and see this

vienen a pasar unos días con nosotros they're coming to spend a few days with us

a las siete me vienen a buscar they're coming to pick me up at seven

el que venga detrás que arree ( fam); let the next person sort things out

2 (volver) to come back

no vengas tarde don't be late home o back, don't come home o back late

ahora vengo I'll be back in a moment

vino muy cansado del viaje he was very tired when he got back from his trip, he came back very tired from his trip

3 (con excusas, exigencias) venir CON algo:

no me vengas ahora con exigencias don't start making demands now

no me vengas con cuentos I don't want (to hear) any excuses, don't give me any excuses

y ahora viene con que necesita el doble and now he says he needs double

4 (sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc):

me vino una gripe I came o went down with flu

me vinieron unas ganas de reír … I felt like bursting out laughing

B

1

(tener lugar): ahora viene esa escena que te conté that scene I told you about is coming up now

entonces vino la guerra then the war came

¿qué viene ahora después de las noticias? what's on after the news?

vino una ola de frío inesperada there was an unexpected cold spell

ya vendrán tiempos mejores things will get better

2 (indicando procedencia) venir DE algo to come FROM sth

una tela que viene de la India a cloth that's made in o that comes from India

esa palabra viene del griego that word comes from Greek

la enfermedad le viene de familia the illness runs in his family

el problema viene ya de lejos the problem goes back a long way

de ahí viene que tenga tantas deudas that's why he has so many debts

3

¿a qué viene/vienen …?: ¿a qué viene eso? why do you say that?

¿a qué vienen esos gritos? what's all the shouting about o ( colloq) in aid of?, why all the shouting? ( colloq) what's with all the shouting? ( colloq)

4

(indicando presentación): el folleto viene en inglés y en francés the brochure is available in English and in French, you can get the brochure in English and in French

viene en tres tamaños it comes in three sizes

así venía, yo no lo he tocado it came like that, I haven't touched it

5

(estar incluido): su foto viene en la primera página her picture is on the front page

no viene nada sobre la manifestación de ayer there's nothing about yesterday's demonstration

C

(quedar) «falda/traje» (+ compl): esa camisa te viene ancha that shirt's too big for you

ese abrigo te viene mal that coat doesn't suit you o doesn't look right on you

el cargo le viene grande the job's too much for him, he isn't up to the job

estas cajas me vendrán muy bien para la mudanza these boxes will be useful o ( colloq) will come in handy when I move

¿te viene bien a las ocho? is eight o'clock all right o OK for you?, does eight o'clock suit you?

el jueves no me viene bien Thursday's no good o not a good day for me, I can't make Thursday

no me vendrían mal unas vacaciones I could do with a vacation

D venir en ( Der):

los abajo firmantes venimos en declarar que … we, the undersigned, hereby declare that …

E ( como aux)

1 venir A + INF:

esto viene a confirmar mis sospechas this serves to confirm my suspicions, this confirms my suspicions

vendrá a tener unos 30 años she must be about 30

el precio viene a ser el mismo the price works out (about) the same, they're around the same price

2 venir + GER:

lo venía diciendo yo desde hace mucho tiempo I'd been saying so for ages

viene utilizando nuestros servicios desde hace muchos años he has been using our services for many years

■ venirse

v pron

A ( enf)

1 (a un lugar) to come

se han venido desde Málaga a vernos they've come (all the way) from Malaga to see us

¿te vienes al parque? are you coming to the park?

venirse abajo «persona» to go to pieces;

«techo» to fall in, collapse; «estante» to collapse; «ilusiones» to go up in smoke, fall apart; «proyectos» to fall through, go up in smoke

2 (volver) to come back

estaban de vacaciones pero tuvieron que venirse they were on vacation but they had to come back o come home

B ( arg) (en sentido sexual) to come ( colloq)

* * *

venir ( conjugate venir) verbo intransitivo
1
a) ( a un lugar) to come;

◊ vine en tren I came by train;

¿a qué vino? what did he come by o around for?;
vine dormida todo el tiempo I slept (for) the whole journey;
venir por or (Esp) a por algn/algo to come for sb/sth, come to pick sb/sth up;
la vino a buscar su madre her mother came to pick her up;
ven a ver esto come and see this
b) ( volver) to come back;

◊ ahora vengo I'll be back in a moment;

no vengas tarde don't be late home o back
c) ( salir):

◊ me vino con un cuento he came up with some excuse;

no me vengas con exigencias don't start making demands
2
a) ( tener lugar):

◊ ahora viene esa escena que te conté that scene I told you about is coming up now;

¿qué viene después de las noticias? what's on after the news?;
ya vendrán tiempos mejores things will get better
b) ( indicando procedencia) venir de algo to come from sth;

◊ viene de la India it comes from India;

le viene de familia it runs in his family;
¿a qué viene eso? why do you say that?
c) ( indicando presentación) to come;

◊ viene en tres tamaños it comes in three sizes

d) ( estar incluido):

◊ viene en primera página it's on the front page;

no viene nada sobre la huelga there's nothing about the strike
3 ( convenir):
◊ estas cajas me vendrían muy bien these boxes would come in handy;

el jueves no me viene bien Thursday's no good for me;
me vendría bien un descanso I could do with a rest
4 ( como aux):
◊ esto viene a confirmar mis sospechas this confirms my suspicions;

hace mucho que lo venía diciendo I'd been saying so all along
venirse verbo pronominal ( enf)
a) ( a un lugar) to come;

◊ se vinieron a pie they came on foot;

venirse abajo [ persona] to go to pieces;

[ techo] to fall in, collapse;
[ estante] to collapse;
[ ilusiones] to go up in smoke;
[ proyectos] to fall through
b) ( volver) to come back

venir verbo intransitivo
1 to come
ven y mira lo que he dibujado, come and see what I've drawn
2 (llegar) to come: viene el invierno, winter is coming
acaba de venir de la tienda, he's just come from the shop
3 (volver) to come back: vengo en un minuto, I'll be back in a minute
4 (proceder) to come from: estos juguetes vienen de China, these toys come from China
5 (surgir, sobrevenir) me vino la gripe, I went down with flu
(suceder) entonces vino la guerra civil, then came the civil war
6 (quedar) este jersey me viene grande, this sweater is too big for me
7 (aparecer, presentarse) to come: esa información viene en el capítulo dos, that information comes in chapter two
¿viene algo del terremoto?, is there anything about the earthquake?
viene en un estuche verde, it comes in a green case
8 (indicando aproximación) este libro viene a tener unos cien años, this book must be about a hundred years old
♦ Locuciones: venir al mundo, to be born
venir de lejos, to come from afar
' venir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acaso
- acercarse
- acudir
- adelantarse
- animarse
- balde
- caso
- comprometerse
- constructor
- constructora
- convenir
- en
- esperar
- familia
- graduación
- gratuitamente
- hacer
- hispanista
- inconveniente
- lástima
- menos
- molestia
- pelo
- precisamente
- sobrevenir
- son
- tejemaneje
- aceptar
- anillo
- aprovechar
- atraer
- corazonada
- cosa
- cuento
- hombre
- importar
- ir
- jalar
- macana
- molestar
- mundo
- parar
- perilla
- poco
- poder
- quedar
- seguir
- soler
- subir
- suponer
English:
amenable
- and
- bank on
- call out
- card
- come
- come along
- come in
- come over
- come round
- family
- handy
- have
- let
- like
- pop over
- shuttle
- spot
- suit
- tale
- taste
- too
- useful
- visit
- walk about
- welcome
- agreeable
- aid
- better
- delighted
- down
- expect
- foot
- get
- obviously
- one
- shall
- thank
- will
- would

* * *

venir

♦ vi

1. [desplazarse, aproximarse] to come;

ayer vino a casa she came to visit us yesterday;

¿de dónde vienes? where have you been?;

vengo del mercado I've come from o been to the market;

venir a/de hacer algo to come to do sth/from doing sth;

¿a qué has venido? why have you come?, what have you come for?;

ven a ayudarme come and help me;

voy y vengo I'll be right back;

he venido (a) por Marta I've come for Marta;

vinieron (a) por mí al aeropuerto they picked me up at the airport;

todos veníamos muy cansados we were all very tired;

vino hablando todo el camino she spent the whole journey talking;

el año/mes que viene next year/month;
RP
venir al teléfono to come to the phone

2. [llegar] to arrive;
[regresar] to get back;
aún no ha venido [llegado] she hasn't arrived yet;
[regresado] she's not back yet;
vendré tarde I'll be late (back);

¿han venido los del gas? has the gas man come yet?;

cuando venga el verano when summer arrives

3. [pasar, ocurrir]
en aquel año vino una recesión there was a recession that year;

¿qué viene ahora? what comes next?;

después de este programa viene una película after this programme there's a movie

4. [proceder, derivarse]
venir de algo to come from sth;

viene de familia rica she's from o she comes from a rich family;

el talento para la música le viene de familia the gift for music runs in the family;

¿de qué árbol viene el caucho? from what tree do we get rubber?;

de ahí viene que te duela la espalda that's why your back is hurting;

viniendo de ella no me sorprende it doesn't surprise me, coming from her

5. Fam [decir, soltar]
venir a alguien con algo to come to sb with sth;

no me vengas con exigencias don't come to me making demands;

¡no me vengas con ésas! don't give me that!;

vino con que le hacía falta el dinero he said he needed the money

6. [hallarse] to be;

su foto viene en primera página his photo is o appears on the front page;

¿dónde viene la sección de deportes? where's the sports section?;

el texto viene en inglés the text is in English;

vienen en todos los tamaños they come in every size;

las anchoas vienen en lata anchovies come in cans o Br tins

7. [acometer, sobrevenir]
me viene sueño I'm getting sleepy;

me venían ganas de vomitar I kept wanting to be sick;

le vinieron ganas de reír he was seized by a desire to laugh;

me ha venido el periodo my period has started;

le vino una tremenda desgracia he suffered a great misfortune

8. [ropa, calzado]
¿qué tal te viene? does it fit all right?;

el abrigo le viene pequeño the coat is too small for her;

este trabajo le viene un poco ancho o [m5] grande he's not really up to this job

9. [convenir]
venir bien/mal a alguien to suit/not to suit sb;

el diccionario me vendrá muy bien the dictionary will come in very useful;

¿qué tal te viene el lunes? how's Monday for you?, how does Monday suit you?;

mañana no me viene bien tomorrow isn't a good day for me, I can't make it tomorrow;

no te vendrían mal unas vacaciones you could use a Br holiday o US vacation

10. [indica aproximación o resultado]
viene a costar un millón it costs almost a million;

esto viene a significar… this effectively means…;

¿cómo has venido a parar aquí? how did you end up here?;

venir a ser to amount to;

viene a ser lo mismo it doesn't make much difference;

venir a menos [negocio] to go downhill;
[persona] to go down in the world;
son una familia venida a menos they're a family which has gone down in the world

11. Fam [orgasmo]
me viene I'm coming

12.
¿a qué viene…?: ¿a qué viene eso? what do you mean by that?, what's that in aid of?;

¿a qué viene tanta amabilidad? why all this kindness?, what's all this kindness in aid of?

♦ v aux

1. [antes de gerundio] [haber estado]
venir haciendo algo to have been doing sth;

vengo diciéndolo desde hace tiempo I've been saying so for some time now;

las peleas vienen sucediéndose desde hace tiempo fighting has been going on for some time;

el desempleo viene siendo el mayor problema unemployment has been the major problem

2. [antes de participio] [haber sido]
los cambios vienen motivados por la presión de la oposición the changes have resulted from pressure on the part of the opposition;

un espectáculo que viene precedido de gran polémica a show which has been surrounded by controversy

♦ See also the pronominal verb venirse

* * *

venir

v/i

1 come;

venir de Lima come from Lima;

venir por o fam

a por algo come for sth, come to collect sth;

viene a ser lo mismo it comes down to the same thing;

venir a menos come down in the world;

le vino una idea an idea occurred to him

2

:

venir bien/mal be convenient/ inconvenient

3 ( sentar)

:

el vestido me viene estrecho this dress is too tight for me

4

:

viene en la página 3 it’s on page 3

5

:

¿a qué viene eso? why do you say that?;

no me vengas ahora con … I don’t want to hear your…

6

:

el año que viene next year, the coming year, the year to come

7

:

¡venga! venga aquí, no seas pesado come on!

* * *

venir {87} vi

1) : to come

lo vi venir: I saw him coming

¡venga!: come on!

2) : to arrive

vinieron en coche: they came by car

3) : to come, to originate

sus zapatos vienen de Italia: her shoes are from Italy

4) : to come, to be available

viene envuelto en plástico: it comes wrapped in plastic

5) : to come back, to return

6) : to affect, to overcome

me vino un vahído: a dizzy spell came over me

7) : to fit

te viene un poco grande: it's a little big for you

8) (with the present participle) : to have been

viene entrenando diariamente: he's been training daily

9)

venir a (with the infinitive) : to end up, to turn out

viene a ser lo mismo: it comes out the same

10)

que viene : coming, next

el año que viene: next year

11)

venir bien : to be suitable, to be just right

♦ See also the reflexive verb venirse

* * *

venir vb

1. (en general) to come [pt. came; pp. come]

¿cuándo vendrás a vernos? when will you come to see us?

¿has venido en tren? did you come by train?

2. (volver) to be back

ahora vengo I'll be right back

3. (estar, ser) to be

este pantalón me viene grande these trousers are too big for me

mi teléfono viene en la guía my phone number is in the book

que viene next

el mes que viene next month

¡venga! come on!

¡venga ya! come off it!

venir a la memoria to remember

venir bien to suit

¿te viene bien esta tarde? does this afternoon suit you?

a esa hora me viene mal that time isn't convenient

venir haciendo algo to have been doing something

viene jugando a la lotería desde hace diez años he's been doing the lottery for ten years

Spanish-English dictionary > venir
5 entonces

adv.

then.

si no te gusta, entonces no vayas if you don't like it, then don't go

si no ha llegado, entonces tiene que estar en la oficina if he hasn't arrived yet, then he must still be at the office

el entonces primer ministro the then prime minister

desde entonces since then

en o por aquel entonces at that time

entonces, ¿vienes o no? are you coming or not, then?

intj.

1 so, so then, then, well then.

2 and then, and so.

* * *

entonces

► adverbio

1 (en aquel momento) then

2 (en tal caso) so, then

■ entonces no lo quieres so you don't want it

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

de entonces in those days, of that time

■ los coches de entonces cars of that time

desde entonces since then

en aquel entonces at that time

por (aquel) entonces at that time

* * *

adv.

then

* * *

ADV

1) [uso temporal] then, at that time

desde entonces — since then

en aquel entonces — at that time

hasta entonces — up till then

las costumbres de entonces — the customs of the time

el entonces embajador de España — the then Spanish ambassador

fue entonces que... — it was then that..., that was when...

2) [uso concesivo] so, then

entonces, ¿qué hacemos? — so, what shall we do?, what shall we do then?

¿entonces cómo que no viniste? — then o so why didn't you come?

pues entonces — well then

¡y entonces! — Caribe, Cono Sur why of course!

* * *

adverbio

1) ( en aquel momento) then

el entonces presidente — the then president

por or en aquel entonces — in those days

2)

a) ( introduciendo conclusiones) so

¿entonces vienes o te quedas? — so are you coming with us or staying here?

¿él se enteró? - no - ¿entonces? — did he find out? - no - so o well then, what's the problem?

b) ( uso expletivo) well, anyway

entonces, como te iba diciendo... — well o anyway, as I was saying...

* * *

= then, at this, about this time.

Ex. An exposure to ammonia gas destroys the unexposed dye, and the picture can then be taken out into the light and examined.

Ex. At this the Queen wept and wailed; but being a clever woman she thought out a plan whereby to save her son.

Ex. About this time several of the old crones of the tribe offered their ribald advice on how the new couple should conduct themselves off in the forest together.

----

* a partir de entonces = from this time on, hereafter, thereafter, whereafter, from then on, thenceforth, henceforth, from that moment on.

* aun entonces = even then.

* de aquel entonces = of that day.

* de entonces = of the day.

* desde aquel entonces = thenceforth.

* desde entonces = ever since, henceforth, in the interim, since, since that time, since then, henceforward, thenceforth, in the intervening years, ever after, in the intervening period, since that day.

* desde entonces hasta la actualidad = from then to the present day.

* el entonces + Nombre = the then + Nombre.

* en aquel entonces = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time, in the course of events, during the course of events, back then, in those days.

* entonces al igual que ahora = then as now.

* hasta aquel entonces = until that time.

* hasta entonces = hitherto, up till then, until that time, until then, till then.

* incluso entonces = even then.

* justo entonces = immediately.

* para aquel entonces = by then.

* para entonces = by then.

* por aquel entonces = at the time, about that time, by this time.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* si se parece a un pato, anda como un pato y grazna como un pato, en = If it looks like a duck, walks like a duck, and quacks like a duck, then it must be a duck.

* * *

adverbio

1) ( en aquel momento) then

el entonces presidente — the then president

por or en aquel entonces — in those days

2)

a) ( introduciendo conclusiones) so

¿entonces vienes o te quedas? — so are you coming with us or staying here?

¿él se enteró? - no - ¿entonces? — did he find out? - no - so o well then, what's the problem?

b) ( uso expletivo) well, anyway

entonces, como te iba diciendo... — well o anyway, as I was saying...

* * *

= then, at this, about this time.

Ex: An exposure to ammonia gas destroys the unexposed dye, and the picture can then be taken out into the light and examined.

Ex: At this the Queen wept and wailed; but being a clever woman she thought out a plan whereby to save her son.

Ex: About this time several of the old crones of the tribe offered their ribald advice on how the new couple should conduct themselves off in the forest together.

* a partir de entonces = from this time on, hereafter, thereafter, whereafter, from then on, thenceforth, henceforth, from that moment on.

* aun entonces = even then.

* de aquel entonces = of that day.

* de entonces = of the day.

* desde aquel entonces = thenceforth.

* desde entonces = ever since, henceforth, in the interim, since, since that time, since then, henceforward, thenceforth, in the intervening years, ever after, in the intervening period, since that day.

* desde entonces hasta la actualidad = from then to the present day.

* el entonces + Nombre = the then + Nombre.

* en aquel entonces = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time, in the course of events, during the course of events, back then, in those days.

* entonces al igual que ahora = then as now.

* hasta aquel entonces = until that time.

* hasta entonces = hitherto, up till then, until that time, until then, till then.

* incluso entonces = even then.

* justo entonces = immediately.

* para aquel entonces = by then.

* para entonces = by then.

* por aquel entonces = at the time, about that time, by this time.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* si se parece a un pato, anda como un pato y grazna como un pato, en = If it looks like a duck, walks like a duck, and quacks like a duck, then it must be a duck.

* * *

entonces

adverb

A

1 (en aquel momento) then

no los veo desde entonces I haven't seen them since (then)

para entonces ya nadie se acordaba de él by then o by that time nobody remembered him

el entonces presidente the then president, the president at that time

2 (en aquellos tiempos) then, in those days

por or en aquel entonces in those days

3 (a continuación) then

se acercó y entonces me reconoció he came closer and then he recognized me

B

1 (introduciendo conclusiones) then

si no es así, entonces él me mintió if that's not right, then he lied to me

¿entonces vienes o te quedas? are you coming with us or staying here then?, so are you coming with us or staying here?

¿él se enteró? — no — ¿entonces? did he find out? — no — so o well then, what's the problem?

2 (uso expletivo) well, anyway

entonces, como te iba diciendo … well o anyway, as I was saying …

* * *

entonces adverbio
1 ( en aquel momento) then;
por or en aquel entonces in those days
2
a) ( introduciendo conclusiones) so;

◊ ¿entonces vienes o te quedas? so are you coming with us or staying here?

b) ( uso expletivo) well, anyway;

◊ entonces, como te iba diciendo … well o anyway, as I was saying …

entonces
I adverbio then: entonces íbamos mucho a la playa, at that time we very often used to go to the beach
entonces nos vemos mañana, we'll meet tomorrow then
hasta entonces, manténme informado, keep me informed until then
II conj then: si no les queda en blanco, entonces cógelo en azul, if there isn't any white left, then take the blue one
♦ Locuciones: por aquel entonces/en aquel entonces, in those days: por aquel entonces tú aún no habías nacido, you still hadn't been born at that time
' entonces' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
bochinche
- hasta
- hipnótica
- hipnótico
- irse
- llover
- para
- partir
- preferir
- pues
- tarde
- venir
- ya
- desde
- novedad
English:
intro
- now
- since
- so
- then
- thenceforth
- thereafter
- well
- zenith
- any
- ever
- gone
- there
- way
- when
- which

* * *

entonces adv

1. [en ese instante] then;

entonces abrí la puerta y salí corriendo then I opened the door and ran out;

esperaremos a que se apaguen las luces y entonces salimos we'll wait until the lights go out and then (we'll) leave

2. [en esa época] then;

entonces yo vivía en Manchester I was living in Manchester at the time;

el entonces primer ministro the then prime minister;

de entonces of the time, at that time;

los periódicos de entonces the newspapers at that time o in those days;

desde entonces since then;

desde entonces vengo teniendo pesadillas ever since then I've had nightmares;

desde entonces son enemigos they have been enemies ever since;

en aquel entonces at that time;

en aquel entonces nos conocimos we met at that time;

hasta entonces until then;

hasta entonces, devolvemos la conexión until then, it's back to the studio;

para entonces by then;

esperan que para entonces las obras estén finalizadas they hope the roadworks will be finished by then;

por (aquel) entonces at that time;

por (aquel) entonces estaba soltera she was single at the time

3. [después] then;

¿una bici?, primero aprueba el curso y entonces hablamos a bike? first pass the course and then we'll talk

4. [introduciendo conclusión] then;

entonces ella es la culpable so she's to blame, then;

si no ha llegado, entonces tiene que estar en la oficina if he hasn't arrived yet, then he must still be at the office;

si no te gusta, entonces no vayas if you don't like it, then don't go;

entonces, ¿vienes o no? are you coming or not, then?;

pero entonces, ¿quién lo hizo? well, who did it, then?

* * *

entonces

adv then;

desde entonces since, since then;

por entonces, en aquel entonces in those days, at that time;

hasta entonces until then;

¡pues entonces …! then …!;

¿y entonces qué? and then what?; expresando irritación so?, so what!

* * *

entonces adv

1) : then

2)

desde entonces : since then

3)

en aquel entonces : in those days

* * *

entonces adv then

fue entonces cuando lo vi that was when I saw him

me voy, entonces I'll be off, then

por aquel entonces at that time

Spanish-English dictionary > entonces
6 tras

prep.

1 behind.

2 after.

uno tras otro one after the other

andar tras algo to be after something

* * *

tras

► preposición

1 (después de) after

■ tras la salida del avión after the departure of the plane

2 (detrás) behind

■ tras el muro behind the wall

3 (en pos de) after, in pursuit of

■ iba siempre tras el éxito he was always in pursuit of success

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

día tras día day after day

* * *

prep.

1) after

2) behind

* * *
I
1. PREP

1) (=después de) after

tras unos días de vacaciones volvió a su trabajo — after a few days' holiday she went back to work

tras perder las elecciones se retiró de la política — after losing the election he retired from politics

día tras día — day after day

uno tras otro — one after another o the other

2) (=por detrás de) behind

estaba oculto tras las cortinas — he was hidden behind the curtains

¿qué escondes tras esa mirada inocente? — what are you hiding behind that innocent face?

andar o estar tras algo — to be after sth

anda tras un puesto en la administración pública — he's after a job in the civil service

correr o ir tras algn — to chase (after) sb

3)

tras (de): tras (de) abollarme el coche va y se enfada — he dents my car and on top of that o then he gets angry

2.

SM † * (=trasero) behind, rump
II
EXCL

¡tras, tras! — tap, tap!; [llamando] knock, knock!

* * *

preposición

1)

a) (frml) ( después de) after

tras + inf — after -ing

tras interrogarlo lo pusieron en libertad — after questioning him they released him

b) ( indicando repetición) after

día tras día — day after day

2) ( detrás de) behind

la puerta se cerró tras él — the door closed behind him

la policía anda/salió tras él — the police are/went after him

* * *

= after, following, on the trail of, in the wake of, on the track of, in pursuit of, on the coattails of.

Ex. The notation is made easier to remember by inserting a decimal point after the first three numbers.

Ex. Following internal discussion, it was agreed that a new library should be given the University's top priority in any forthcoming capital building project.

Ex. Directories of publishers arranged to indicate the specialist fields in which the publish can be a boon to the imaginative librarian on the trail of some obscure source.

Ex. Of course uniformity tends to follow in the wake of centralization.

Ex. The article is entitled 'Cataloguing and classification at Bath University Library: on the track of white elephants and golden retrievers'.

Ex. The rejoinder was, I am sure, made in pursuit of a little humour.

Ex. Putin, the Russian leader who came to power in 1999 on the coattails of a brutal war with Chechnya, was among the first visitors to this new mosque.

----

* año tras año = year after year, year by year, year in and year out.

* dejar tras sí = leave + behind.

* día tras día = day in and day out, day by day.

* mes tras mes = month by month.

* noche tras noche = night after night.

* Nombre + tras + Nombre = in + Nombre + after + Nombre, Nombre + after + Nombre.

* plan de recuperación tras un siniestro = disaster recovery, disaster recovery plan.

* planificación de recuperación tras siniestros = disaster recovery planning.

* semana tras semana = week in and week out.

* tras de sí = in its wake.

* tras la catástrofe = post-disaster.

* tras la pista de = on the trail of, on the track of.

* tras las guerra = in the postwar period.

* tras sí = in its wake.

* una noche tras otra = night after night.

* un año tras otro = year after year.

* un día tras otro = day after day.

* uno tras otro = one after the other, sequentially, one after another.

* * *

preposición

1)

a) (frml) ( después de) after

tras + inf — after -ing

tras interrogarlo lo pusieron en libertad — after questioning him they released him

b) ( indicando repetición) after

día tras día — day after day

2) ( detrás de) behind

la puerta se cerró tras él — the door closed behind him

la policía anda/salió tras él — the police are/went after him

* * *

= after, following, on the trail of, in the wake of, on the track of, in pursuit of, on the coattails of.

Ex: The notation is made easier to remember by inserting a decimal point after the first three numbers.

Ex: Following internal discussion, it was agreed that a new library should be given the University's top priority in any forthcoming capital building project.

Ex: Directories of publishers arranged to indicate the specialist fields in which the publish can be a boon to the imaginative librarian on the trail of some obscure source.

Ex: Of course uniformity tends to follow in the wake of centralization.

Ex: The article is entitled 'Cataloguing and classification at Bath University Library: on the track of white elephants and golden retrievers'.

Ex: The rejoinder was, I am sure, made in pursuit of a little humour.

Ex: Putin, the Russian leader who came to power in 1999 on the coattails of a brutal war with Chechnya, was among the first visitors to this new mosque.

* año tras año = year after year, year by year, year in and year out.

* dejar tras sí = leave + behind.

* día tras día = day in and day out, day by day.

* mes tras mes = month by month.

* noche tras noche = night after night.

* Nombre + tras + Nombre = in + Nombre + after + Nombre, Nombre + after + Nombre.

* plan de recuperación tras un siniestro = disaster recovery, disaster recovery plan.

* planificación de recuperación tras siniestros = disaster recovery planning.

* semana tras semana = week in and week out.

* tras de sí = in its wake.

* tras la catástrofe = post-disaster.

* tras la pista de = on the trail of, on the track of.

* tras las guerra = in the postwar period.

* tras sí = in its wake.

* una noche tras otra = night after night.

* un año tras otro = year after year.

* un día tras otro = day after day.

* uno tras otro = one after the other, sequentially, one after another.

* * *

tras

prep

A

1 ( frml) (después de) after

tras esta aplastante derrota in the wake of o following o after this crushing defeat

tras los incidentes de ayer after yesterday's incidents

tras + INF after -ING

tras interrogarlo lo pusieron en libertad after questioning him they released him

2 (indicando repetición) after

día tras día day after day

me dijo una mentira tras otra she told me one lie after another

3

tras (de) que/tras (de) (además de, encima de): tras (de) que llega tarde or tras (de) llegar tarde se pone a charlar not only does he arrive late, but he then starts talking, he arrives late and then he starts talking

B (detrás de) behind

la puerta se cerró tras él the door closed behind him

la policía anda tras él the police are looking for him o are after him

todos van or están tras la recompensa they are all after the reward

* * *

tras preposición
1
a) (frml) ( después de) after;

◊ tras interrogarlo lo pusieron en libertad after questioning him they released him

b) ( indicando repetición) after;

◊ día tras día day after day

2
a) ( detrás de) behind;

◊ la puerta se cerró tras él the door closed behind him;

la policía anda tras él the police are after him
b) ( más allá de) beyond

tras preposición
1 (detrás de) behind: cuélgalo tras la puerta, hang it behind the door
2 (después de) after
tras largos años de espera, after years of waiting
3 (en busca de) after: iba tras sus pasos, he was after him
' tras' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
aclarado
- concatenación
- consulta
- estar
- eufórica
- eufórico
- paréntesis
- peregrinación
- peregrinaje
- reanudar
- reemprender
- renacer
- restaurar
- seguida
- seguido
- singladura
- sobrevenir
- verdad
- andar
- bravo
- nosotros
- precintar
- relajar
- vacilación
- vosotros
English:
after
- balance
- careful
- chain-smoke
- claim
- clinch
- collapse
- consideration
- day
- depreciate
- die off
- fall behind
- go after
- lighten
- miserable
- night
- other
- pay out
- raincheck
- release
- week
- year
- aftermath
- cast
- chain
- chase
- hit
- hurry
- one
- onto
- our
- ours
- run
- sprint
- succession
- thought
- us
- we
- you
- your
- yours

* * *

tras prep

1. [detrás de] behind;

escondido tras unos matorrales hidden behind some bushes

2. [después de] after;

uno tras otro one after the other;

día tras día day after day;

tras unos momentos de silencio habló el juez after a few moments' silence, the judge spoke;

tras decir esto, se marchó after saying that, she left

3. [en pos de]
andar tras algo to be after sth;

se fue tras la gloria he went in search of fame;

fue tras ella he went after her

4. Fam [encima de]
tras quedarse con todo, se enfada she keeps the whole lot for herself and she still gets angry

* * *

tras

prp en el espacio behind; en el tiempo after;

ir o

andar tras alguien/algo be after s.o./sth

* * *

tras prep

1) : after

día tras día: day after day

uno tras otro: one after another

2) : behind

tras la puerta: behind the door

* * *

tras prep

1. (de tiempo) after

tras una larga espera after a long wait

2. (de lugar) behind

se escondió tras la puerta she hid behind the door

andar tras alguien to be after someone

Spanish-English dictionary > tras
7 τότε

τότε (Hom.+) a correlative (s. ὅτε and ὁπότε) adv. of time, in the NT a special favorite of Mt, who uses it about 90 times (AMcNeile, Τότε in St. Matthew: JTS 12, 1911, 127f). In Mk 6 times, Lk 15 times, Ac 21 times, J 10 times. It is lacking in Eph, Phil, Phlm, 1 Ti, 2 Ti, Tit, Js, 1 Pt, 1, 2, and 3J, Jd, Rv.

① at that time

ⓐ of the past then (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 and 11 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 7, 317; 15, 354; Just., A I, 31, 2; D. 60, 1f) τότε ἐπληρώθη then was fulfilled Mt 2:17; 27:9. εἶχον τότε δέσμιον vs. 16. Cp. 3:5. (Opp. νῦν) Gal 4:8, 29; Hb 12:26. ἀπὸ τότε from that time on (PLond V, 1674, 21; 2 Esdr 5:16b; Ps 92:2) Mt 4:17; 16:21; 26:16; Lk 16:16 (s. B-D-F §459, 3). Used as an adj. w. the art. preceding (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 30 §128 ἡ τότε τύχη; Lucian, Imag. 17; Jos., Ant. 14, 481) ὁ τότε κόσμος the world at that time 2 Pt 3:6 (PHamb 21, 9 ὁ τότε καιρός).

ⓑ of the fut. then (Just., A I, 52, 9, D. 50, 1; Socrat., Ep. 6, 10 [p. 238, 7 Malherbe]) τότε οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν Mt 13:43. (Opp. ἄρτι) 1 Cor 13:12ab.

ⓒ of any time at all that fulfills certain conditions ὅταν ἀσθενῶ, τότε δυνατός εἰμι 2 Cor 12:10.

② to introduce that which follows in time (not in accordance w. earlier Gr.) then, thereupon (B-D-F §459, 2) τότε Ἡρῴδης λάθρᾳ καλέσας τοὺς μάγους then (after he had received an answer fr. the council) Herod secretly summoned the Magi Mt 2:7. τότε (=after his baptism) ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη εἰς τὴν ἔρημον 4:1. Cp. 2:16 (GJs 22:1); 3:13, 15; 4:5, 10f; 8:26; 12:22; 25:34–45 (five times); 26:65 and very oft.; Lk 11:26; 14:21; 21:10; 24:45; Ac 1:12; 4:8; B 8:1; GJs 22:3. καὶ τότε (Just., D. 78, 5; 88, 3) and then καὶ τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ and then if anyone says to you Mk 13:21.—Mt 7:23; 16:27; 24:10, 14, 30ab; Mk 13:26f; Lk 21:27; 1 Cor 4:5; Gal 6:4; 2 Th 2:8; 2 Cl 16:3. τότε οὖν (so) then (TestJud 7:5; 9:7; TestIss 2:1; Just., D. 56, 19) J 11:14; 19:1, 16; 20:8. εὐθέως τότε immediately thereafter Ac 17:14.—W. correlatives: ὅτε (w. aor.) … τότε when (this or that happened) … (then) Mt 13:26; 21:1; J 12:16; B 5:9. Also ὡς (w. aor.) … τότε J 7:10; 11:6. ὅταν (w. aor. subj.) … τότε when (this or that happens) … (then) (Just., D. 110, 1; cp. Diod S 11, 40, 3 τότε … ὅταν [w. aor. subj.]=then … when) Mt 24:16; 25:31; Mk 13:14; Lk 5:35; 21:20; J 8:28; 1 Cor 15:28, 54; 16:2; Col 3:4. ὅταν (w. pres. subj.) … τότε when … then (Jos., Bell. 6, 287) ὅταν λέγωσιν … τότε 1 Th 5:3. In an enumeration πρῶτον …, καὶ τότε first …, and then Mt 5:24; 7:5; 12:29; Mk 3:27; Lk 6:42; J 2:10 v.l. IEph 7:2.—It is put pleonastically (cp. Vett. Val. 211, 8) after μετά and the acc. μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον, τότε after (he took) the piece of bread, (then) J 13:27. Cp. Hv 2, 2, 4. Also after the ptc. διασωθέντες, τότε ἐπέγνωμεν Ac 28:1. Likew. pleonastically 6:11 D; 27:21; Hs 6, 5, 4.—DELG. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > τότε
8 dann

Adv.

1. (danach, später) then, after that, afterwards; was geschah dann? what happened then ( oder next)?; zuerst wollte ich nicht mit, aber dann war es doch sehr schön but then it turned out alright; anfangs war es noch schwer, aber dann ging es auf einmal but then it got easier all of a sudden

2. (zu der Zeit) then; dann und dann umg. at such and such a time, round about then; dann und wann now and then; bis dann until then; als Abschied: see you (then); erst dann only then; von dann bis dann umg. from then till then, from such and such a date ( oder time) until such and such a date ( oder time)

3. Reihenfolge: (dahinter) then, after(wards); zuerst kommt die Dampflok, dann die Güterwaggons the engine comes first, followed by the goods wagons (Am. freight cars)

4. (in dem Fall) in that case, then; dann eben nicht! umg. all right, forget it!; wenn du mich brauchst, dann sag mir Bescheid if you need me, just let me know; ich mache nur dann mit, wenn... I’ll only join in if ( oder on the condition that)...; dann und nur dann then and only then; selbst dann, wenn... even if...; also oder na dann! umg. (wenn das so ist) well in that case; um Gespräch zu beenden: right then, okeydoke

5. umg. (also) so; dann kommst du also? so you ‘are coming (then)? dann stimmt das ( also oder etwa) gar nicht? so that isn’t true then?

6. in Fragen: (sonst) wer / wo / wie etc. dann? who / where / how etc. else then?; wenn er es nicht weiß, wer dann? if he doesn’t know, who does?

* * *

then; next

* * *
dạnn [dan]
adv

1) (Reihenfolge ausdrückend = später) then

dann und dann — (a)round about then

von dann bis dann — for some time (a)round then

dann und wann — now and then

gerade dann, wenn... — just when...

wenn das gemacht ist, dann kannst du gehen — when that's done you can go

noch eine Woche, dann ist Weihnachten — another week till Christmas, another week and (then) it's Christmas

See:

→ bis

2) (= unter diesen Umständen) then

wenn..., dann — if..., (then)

wenn du was brauchst, dann sagst dus mir, nicht? — just tell me if you need anything, if you need anything (then) just tell me

ja, selbst dann — yes, even then

nein, selbst dann nicht — no, not even then

selbst dann/selbst dann nicht, wenn... — even/not even if...

erst dann, wenn... — only when...

ja, dann! — (oh) well then!

ich habe keine Lust mehr – dann hör doch auf! — I'm not in the mood any more – well stop then!

und wie es dann so geht or ist, kommt natürlich Besuch — and as was bound to happen, I got visitors, but you know how it is, I got visitors

wenn er seine Gedichte selbst nicht versteht, wer dann? — if he can't understand his own poems, who else could (understand them)?

wenn man nicht einmal in Schottland echten Whisky bekommt, wo dann? — if you can't get real whisky in Scotland, where can you expect to find it?

wenn ich nicht einmal das Einmaleins bei euch voraussetzen kann, was dann? — if I can't even assume you know your (multiplication) tables, what can I assume you know?

dann eben nicht — well, in that case (there's no more to be said)

dann erst recht nicht! — in that case no way (inf) or not a chance! (inf)

dann ist ja alles in Ordnung — (oh well,) everything's all right then, in that case everything's all right

dann will ich lieber gehen — well, I'd better be getting along (then)

ja dann, auf Wiedersehen — well then, goodbye

also dann bis morgen — right then, see you tomorrow, see you tomorrow then

3)

(= außerdem) dann... noch — on top of that

strohdumm und dann auch noch frech — as thick as they come and cheeky into the bargain (Brit), as dumb as they come and a smart alec too (esp US)

kommandiert mich herum und meint dann auch noch... — orders me around and then on top of that thinks...

* * *

1) then

2) (used with prepositions to mean that time in the past or future: John should be here by then; I'll need you before then; I have been ill since then; Until then; Goodbye till then!) then

3) (after that: I had a drink, (and) then I went home.) then

4) (in that case: He might not give us the money and then what would we do?) then

5) (often used especially at the end of sentences in which an explanation, opinion etc is asked for, or which show surprise etc: What do you think of that, then?) then

6) (in that case; as a result: If you're tired, then you must rest.) then

* * *

dann

[ˈdan]

adv

1. (rangmäßig danach) then

er ist der Klassenbeste, \dann kommt sein Bruder und \dann ich he is top of the class, followed by his brother and then by me [or then comes his brother and then me

2. (dahinter) then

an den Hof schließt sich \dann ein Garten an then at the end of yard there is a garden

3. (darauf, danach) then; (hinterher) afterwards

sie sprang zuerst ins Wasser, \dann sprangen die anderen she jumped first of all into the water, [and] then the others

lass uns ins Kino gehen — und was machen wir \dann? let's got to the cinema — and what are we doing afterwards?

4. (zu dem Zeitpunkt) then

noch ein Jahr, \dann ist er mit dem Studium fertig another year and he will have finished his studies

wenn das gemacht ist, \dann kannst du gehen when that's done, you can go

noch eine Woche, \dann ist Ostern another week and [then] it's Easter

was soll \dann werden? what will happen then?

ausgerechnet [o gerade] \dann, als/wenn... just when...

das Angebot kam ausgerechnet \dann, als ich eine andere Stelle angenommen hatte the offer arrived just after I had accepted another job

bis \dann until then; (spätestens) by then

bis \dann kann ich nicht warten I cannot wait till then

bis \dann muss der Text fertig sein the text has to be finished by then

erst \dann only then

erst \dann begriff ich, wie sehr ich ihn brauchte only then did I realize how much I needed him

erst/nur \dann, wenn... only when...

ich bezahle nur \dann, wenn du pünktlich lieferst you only get paid when you deliver on time

immer \dann, wenn... always when...

du rufst immer [genau] \dann an, wenn ich keine Zeit habe you always phone when I've got no time

5. (schließlich) in the end

es hat \dann doch noch geklappt it was all right in the end

6. (in diesem Falle) then

solltest du morgen in der Gegend sein, \dann komm doch bei mir vorbei if you are in the neighbourhood tomorrow, do come and see me, then

ich habe keine Lust mehr — \dann hör doch auf! I'm not in the mood any more — well stop then!

also \dann bis morgen right then, see you tomorrow, see you tomorrow then

ja \dann auf Wiedersehen! well then, good-bye!

nun, \dann ist ja alles in Ordnung! oh well, in that case [everything's okay]!

na, \dann eben nicht! well, in that case[, forget it]!

\dann erst recht nicht! then certainly not!

\dann will ich nicht weiter stören well, I'd better not disturb you any more

und wie es \dann so ist [o geht],... but you know how it is,...

erst \dann only then

erst/nur \dann, wenn... only if...

ich verrate es dir nur \dann, wenn du verspricht es geheim zu halten I'll only tell you if you promise to keep it a secret

selbst \dann even then

ja, selbst \dann yes, even then

nein, selbst \dann nicht no, not even then

wenn..., \dann... if..., [then]...

wenn du mir nicht glaubst, \dann frag doch die anderen if you don't believe me, [then] ask the others

7. (demnach) so

\dann hast du also die ganze Zeit mit zugehört so you've been listening the whole time

8. (sonst) then

und falls das so nicht klappt, wie \dann? and if it doesn't work, what then?

wenn dir auch dieser Vorschlag nicht zusagt, welcher \dann? if you can't agree to this proposal, what can you agree to?

wenn man nicht einmal in Schottland echten Whiskey bekommt, wo \dann? if you can't get real whisky in Scotland, where can you expect to find it?

wenn er seine Gedichte selbst nicht versteht, wer \dann? if he can't understand his own poems, who else can [understand them]?

9. (außerdem)

\dann noch as well; (zu alledem)

\dann [auch] noch on top of that

auf dem Markt wurde Obst und Gemüse verkauft, und \dann gab es noch Blumen fruit and vegetables were offered at the market, and flowers as well

und \dann kommt noch die Mehrwertsteuer hinzu and then there's VAT to add on top of that

zuletzt fiel \dann auch noch der Strom aus finally to top it all there was a power failure

und \dann will er auch noch sein Teil haben and, on top of that, he wants his share

strohdumm und \dann auch noch frech as thick as they come and cheeky into the bargain [or to boot] fam

10.

▶ bis \dann! see you then!

▶ \dann und \dann on such and such a date

er schrieb mir, dass er \dann und \dann kommen würde he wrote to me that he would come on such and such a date

▶ von \dann bis \dann from such and such a date to such and such a date

▶ \dann und wann now and then

ich sehe sie \dann und wann beim Einkaufen I see her now and then [or I occasionally see her] when I do my shopping

* * *

Adverb

1) then

was dann? — what happens then?

noch drei Tage, dann ist Ostern — another three days and it will be Easter

bis dann — see you then

dann und wann — now and then

er ist der Klassenbeste, dann kommt sein Bruder — he is top of the class, followed by his brother or then comes his brother

2) (unter diesen Umständen) then; in that case

[na,] dann eben nicht! — in that case, forget it!

dann bis morgen — see you tomorrow, then

nur dann, wenn... — only if...

3) (außerdem)

dann noch... — then... as well

zuletzt fiel dann noch der Strom aus — finally to top it all there was a power failure

* * *

dann adv

1. (danach, später) then, after that, afterwards;

was geschah dann? what happened then ( oder next)?; zuerst wollte ich nicht mit,

aber dann war es doch sehr schön but then it turned out alright; anfangs war es noch schwer,

aber dann ging es auf einmal but then it got easier all of a sudden

2. (zu der Zeit) then;

dann und dann umg at such and such a time, round about then;

dann und wann now and then;

bis dann until then; als Abschied: see you (then);

erst dann only then;

von dann bis dann umg from then till then, from such and such a date ( oder time) until such and such a date ( oder time)

3. Reihenfolge: (dahinter) then, after(wards);

zuerst kommt die Dampflok, dann die Güterwaggons the engine comes first, followed by the goods wagons (US freight cars)

4. (in dem Fall) in that case, then;

dann eben nicht! umg all right, forget it!;

wenn du mich brauchst, dann sag mir Bescheid if you need me, just let me know;

ich mache nur dann mit, wenn … I’ll only join in if ( oder on the condition that) …;

dann und nur dann then and only then;

selbst dann, wenn … even if …;

also oder

na dann! umg (wenn das so ist) well in that case; um Gespräch zu beenden: right then, okeydoke

5. umg (also) so;

dann kommst du also? so you ’are coming (then)?

dann stimmt das (

also oder

etwa)

gar nicht? so that isn’t true then?

6. in Fragen: (sonst)

wer/wo/wie etc

dann? who/where/how etc else then?;

wenn er es nicht weiß, wer dann? if he doesn’t know, who does?

* * *

Adverb

1) then

was dann? — what happens then?

noch drei Tage, dann ist Ostern — another three days and it will be Easter

bis dann — see you then

dann und wann — now and then

er ist der Klassenbeste, dann kommt sein Bruder — he is top of the class, followed by his brother or then comes his brother

2) (unter diesen Umständen) then; in that case

[na,] dann eben nicht! — in that case, forget it!

dann bis morgen — see you tomorrow, then

nur dann, wenn... — only if...

3) (außerdem)

dann noch... — then... as well

zuletzt fiel dann noch der Strom aus — finally to top it all there was a power failure

* * *

adj.

then adj.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > dann
9 po

praep. 1. (później niż) after
- po śniadaniu/pracy/wojnie after breakfast/work/the war

- po chwili after a bit a. moment

- po godzinie/dwóch latach an hour/two years later, after an hour/two years

- po dwuletnim pobycie w więzieniu after two years in prison

- po południu in the afternoon

- pięć/kwadrans po czwartej five/a quarter past four

- wróciła po dwunastej she came back after twelve

- po ukończeniu studiów rozpoczął pracę w szkole after a. on graduating he began working at a school

- zdrzemnął się po wyjściu gości he nodded off after the guests had left pot.

- po pięćdziesiątce musisz zacząć dbać o siebie when you’re over fifty you need to take care of yourself

- po czym and then, after which

- oprowadził mnie po starym mieście, po czym zaprosił na piwo he showed me around the Old Town and then invited me for a beer

- po czasie late

- oddał referat pięć dni po czasie he handed in his paper five days late
2. (w przestrzeni, w różnych miejscach) (all) over, around, round GB
- po całym mieście/kraju/domu all over (the) town/the country/the house

- po całej Europie all over Europe, throughout the whole of Europe

- ubrania porozrzucane po pokoju clothes flung all over a. scattered around the room

- porozlewać wodę po podłodze to spill water all over the floor

- biegać po sklepach to run round the shops pot.

- chodzić po korytarzu/pokoju to walk up and down the corridor/around the room

- chodzić po lesie/górach to walk in the forest/mountains

- oprowadzić kogoś po zamku to show sb around a castle

- szukać czegoś po encyklopediach to look a. hunt through encyclopedias for sth

- szepczą o tym po kawiarniach tongues are beginning to wag (about it)
3. (o powierzchni) (na) on; (wzdłuż) along
- chodzić po piasku/trawie to walk on sand/grass

- poruszać się po szynach to move (along) on rails

- jechać na rowerze po szosie/ścieżce to cycle along a. on a road/path

- ślizgać się po zamarzniętym jeziorze to skate on a frozen lake

- bębnić palcami po stole to drum one’s fingers on the table

- wchodzić/schodzić po schodach to walk up/down the stairs

- zjeżdżać po poręczy to slide down the banisters

- zupa ściekała mu po brodzie the soup was dripping down his chin

- poruszać się po linii prostej to move in a straight line

- przechodzić przez jezdnię po pasach to cross the road at a zebra crossing

- głaskać kogoś po włosach/policzku to stroke sb’s hair/cheek

- całować kogoś po rękach to kiss sb’s hands

- pokrzywy parzyły go po nogach nettles were stinging his legs
4. (o stronie) on
- po tej/drugiej stronie ulicy on this/on the other side of the street

- po prawej stronie drogi to the right of the road

- po obu stronach kartki on both sides of the paper

- kawałek chleba posmarowany po wierzchu dżemem a piece of bread with jam spread on top

- placek przypalony po brzegach a pie burnt along the edges
5. (do górnej granicy) (przestrzennej) (up) to, as far as; (czasowej) up to, till, until
- po szyję/czubek głowy up to the neck/the top of one’s head

- silne wiatry od Bałkanów po Skandynawię strong winds from the Balkans up to Scandinavia

- wody było po kolana the water was knee-deep

- talerz pełen po brzegi a plate full to the brim

- od średniowiecza po schyłek Oświecenia from the Middle Ages up to a. until the end of the Enlightenment

- od profesora po sekretarkę from the professor down to the secretary
6. (w hierarchii, kolejności) after
- była w naszym domu pierwszą osobą po ojcu she was the second most important person in our home after father

- miał piąty po zwycięzcy czas na mecie he had the fifth best time (after the winner)

- jeden po drugim one after the other a. another

- przesłuchiwał taśmę po taśmie he listened to one tape after another

- krok po kroku step by step

- dzień po dniu day after day; day in, day out
7. (dziedziczenie) from (kimś sb)
- odziedziczyć coś po kimś to inherit sth from sb

- objąć stanowisko po kimś to take over sb’s position, to succeed sb

- objął tron po wuju he succeeded his uncle to a. on the throne

- dom miał po dziadku he inherited the house from his grandfather

- po matce miała talent muzyczny she had inherited her mother’s musical talent

- prowadził po ojcu sklep mięsny he ran a butcher’s shop inherited from his father

- nosić imię po dziadku to be named after one’s grandfather
8. (następstwo) [sprzątać, zmywać] after (kimś sb)
- rozpaczać po kimś to grieve over a. for sb

- płakać po kimś to mourn sb

- obiecywać sobie coś a. oczekiwać czegoś po kimś/czymś to expect sth from sb/sth

- nie obiecuj sobie po nim zbyt wiele don’t expect too much from him

- czego oczekujesz po tym zebraniu? what are you expecting from the meeting?

- butelka po mleku/piwie a milk/beer bottle

- pusty worek po ziemniakach an empty potato sack
9 (na podstawie) by
- poznać kogoś po głosie/ruchach to recognize sb by their voice/movements

- po czym go poznałeś? how did you recognize him?

- widać po twoich oczach, że jesteś zmęczona I can see a. tell by your eyes that you’re tired

- sądząc po akcencie, (on) pochodzi z Dublina judging by a. from his accent, he comes from Dublin
10 (cel) for (kogoś/coś sb/sth)
- stać w kolejce po mięso to stand in the meat queue, to queue up for meat

- zadzwonić po lekarza/taksówkę to phone for the doctor/a taxi

- poszła do sklepu po chleb she went to the shop for some bread

- poszedł po wnuczkę he went to collect his granddaughter

- zatelefonowała do niego po radę she called him to ask for some advice

- przyszedłem tu tylko po to, żeby wyjaśnić całą sprawę I just came here to explain the whole thing a. business pot.

- nie po to przez pięć lat studiowałam prawo, żeby pracować jako kelnerka I didn’t study law for five years (in order) to work as a waitress

- co a. cóż ci po pękniętej filiżance? what do you need a cracked cup for?

- nic mi po takich radach what’s the use of advice like that?

- nic tu po mnie I’m not needed here; I may as well go a. be off pot

- po co what for?, why?

- po cóż whatever for?

- po co ci nóż? what do you need a knife for?

- nie wiem, po co tu przyszła I don’t know what she came here for a. why she came here
11 (wyrażające miarę, liczbę, wartość) po trzy z każdej strony three on each side
- po parę razy dziennie several times a day

- trzy pliki po sto banknotów (każdy) three bundles of a hundred banknotes each

- po 2 złote za sztukę (at) 2 zlotys each a. apiece

- po 5 złotych za kilo (at) 5 zlotys a a. per kilo

- po ile? a. po czemu? przest. how much?

- po ile te pomidory? how much are these tomatoes?

- wchodziły po jednej they entered one by one a. one at a time

- podchodzić do stołu po dwóch/trzech to come up to a. approach the table in twos/threes

- po trochu bit by bit, little by little

- zapłaciliśmy po dziesięć złotych we paid ten zlotys each

- dostali po dwa jabłka they each got two apples

- każde dziecko dostało po zabawce each child a. each of the children got a toy

- Adam i Robert wygrali po książce Adam and Robert each won a book
12 (w wyrażeniu przysłówkowym) po ojcowsku/profesorsku/chłopięcemu like a father/professor/boy
- zrób to po swojemu do it your own way

- czy mówisz po litewsku/włosku? can you speak Lithuanian/Italian?

- powiedz to po angielsku say it in English

■ po temu (stosowny) for it

- to nie miejsce i czas po temu this is not the (right) time or place for it

- powiem jej, kiedy nadarzy się po temu okazja I’ll tell her when I get the chance a. opportunity

- mam po temu powody I have my reasons

- miała wszelkie warunki po temu, żeby być dobrą aktorką she had all the makings of a good actress

* * *

abbr ( SZKOL: = Przysposobienie Obronne)

civil defence course

* * *

po

prep.

+ Loc.

1. ( czas) after; past; dziesięć po trzeciej ten past l. after three; już po wszystkim it's all over now; mądry Polak po szkodzie everybody's got 20/20 hindsight, (it's easy to be) wise after the event; po chwili after a while, a moment later; po lecie przychodzi jesień summer is followed by fall l. autumn; po kilku latach after a few years, (a) few years later; po śniadaniu after breakfast; po zmroku after dark; przyjadę po świętach I'll come after Christmas.

2. ( kolejność) after; jeden po drugim one after another.

3. ( pochodzenie) from, of; butelka po winie (empty) wine bottle; garnek po mleku dirty milk pot; puszka po rybach empty fish can; rzeczy po kimś hand-me-downs.

4. (= na podstawie) by; nie dać czegoś znać po sobie not let sth show; rozpoznać kogoś po akcencie/głosie recognize l. tell sb by his l. her accent/voice.

5. ( dziedziczenie) after, from; dostała imię po babce she was named after her grandmother; głos mam po ojcu I get my voice from my father; objąć stanowisko po kimś take over from sb; spadek po wujku inheritance from one's uncle.

6. ( hierarchia) after, next to; najważniejszy po prezydencie next to president; pierwszy po Bogu next to God; po Mickiewiczu after Mickiewicz.

7. (przestrzeń, powierzchnia) in, around, on, over, along; całować kogoś po policzkach/rękach kiss sb's cheeks/hand; chodzić po linie walk on a rope; dreszcz przebiegł mi po plecach chill ran down my spine; głaskać kogoś po włosach stroke sb's hair; po drugiej stronie on the other side; po kładce over the footbridge; po korytarzu in l. along the corridor; po kraju around the country; po lesie/górach in the forest/mountains; po linii prostej in a straight line; po niebie in the sky; po mieście around the city; po okolicy around the neighborhood; po pokoju around the room; po trawie on grass; schodzić po schodach/drabinie go down the stairs/ladder; wchodzić po schodach/drabinie go up the stairs/ladder; wędrować po górach walk l. hike the mountains.

8. ( rozciągłość w przestrzeni) around, round; chodzić po ludziach go from door to door; przesiadywać po kawiarniach sit around in cafes; jeździć po sanatoriach go from one sanatorium to another; włóczyć się po sądach drag o.s. from court to court.

9. ( rozciągłość w czasie) to, till, until; pisać po całych dniach write for days on end; ślęczeć po nocach sit up late.

10. ( systematyczność) by; po kawałku piece by piece, bit by bit; po trochu bit by bit; little by little.

11. + Acc. ( zasięg) (up) to; stać w wodzie po kolana stand knee-deep in water; kufel wypełniony po brzegi beer mug full to the brim; uśmiać się po pachy laugh one's head off.

12. + Acc. ( kres) till, until, to; aż po wszystkie czasy przest. till l. to the end of time; po dziś dzień przest. to this day.

13. + Acc. ( cel) for; przyjść po poradę come for advice; dzwonić po lekarza call a doctor; sięgać po poradnik reach for a handbook; po co? what for?; po co to robisz? what are you doing this for?; nie pójdę tam, bo i po co? I'm not going there, what's the use?; po co o tym myślisz? what's the use of thinking about it?; nie wiem, po co to zrobiłem I don't know what I did it for; licho wie po co god knows why; po co ta mowa? pot. save your breath; po jakie licho l. kiego grzyba? pot. what the heck l. hell for?

14. + Acc. (okeślona, powtarzająca się ilość, liczba) a, per; po trzy złote za kilogram three zloty a kilo; po pięć sztuk w paczce five items per pack.

15. + Acc. ( wyliczanie) po pierwsze firstly; po trzecie thirdly; po wtóre l. drugie secondly.

16. + Dat. ( sposób) in; po angielsku/polsku in English/Polish; po bożemu in a godly fashion; po cichu silently; po góralsku highlanders' fashion; po koleżeńsku friendly; po ludzku humanely; po mistrzowsku in a masterly way; po nowemu in a new way; po ojcowsku like a father; po pijanemu when drunk; po prostu just like that; po staremu in the (same) old way; posuwać się po omacku grope in the dark.

The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > po
10 ὁ

ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

A demonstr. Pronoun.

B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.

C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dual τοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ; οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ; τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
; τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
; τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
; τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
; τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484, ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Schwyzer664.8
(Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)

A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):

I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun, αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
; τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.

II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.

III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ; θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.

IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.

V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.

VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter,
ὁ δέ
the former, Pl.Prt. 359e
, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
; τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ; πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg., ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν or ὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ; τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.

2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ S.OC24
; τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
; οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.

3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
; νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.

4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.

5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. by ἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ; τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ; ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ; σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf. μέν D.
III ; γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.

6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
; τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
; ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.

7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.

8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
; ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
; οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.

VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,

1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v. ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc., καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt., καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.

2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc., καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ; τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ; τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ' ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Thgn.398
, cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.; τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.

VIII abs. usages of single cases,

1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.

b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ; τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; δελφῖνες τῇ καὶ τῇ ἐθύνεον ἰχθυάοντες Hes.Sc. 210
:—only poet.

c of Manner,
τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν
in this way, thus, Od.8.510
.

d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: without μέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.

e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.

2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose, τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.

b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.

3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6), τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
; τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.

4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; also τὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
; τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
; τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.

5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.

b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.; ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ; τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.

c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).

6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs., ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.; ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα μελάγγειον οὖσαν Plu.2.364c
: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; with πάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).

B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst.,
αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον
the hindmost man, Il.11.178
; τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
; τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
; τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also in τῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs., τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.; τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
; τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ; τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ; ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.

I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron., τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐσίαν ποιούμενοι τοὺς παῖδας Pl.R. 372b
.

b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).

c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.

d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., v. καί B.2.

2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
; πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.

b freq. with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.

3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.

4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.

5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.; τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.

6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ; τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
; ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ; ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
; τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.

7 before Prons.,

a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., τὸν ἐμέ Pl.Tht. 166a
,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; τὸν αὑτόν Id.Phdr. 258a
; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.

b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.

c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst.,
ὁ τοιοῦτος
that sort of person, X.Mem.4.2.21
, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art., τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.

8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6, πολύς 11.3
, etc.

9 the Art. with the [comp] Comp. is rare, if ἤ follows, S.Ant. 313, OC 796.

II elliptic expressions:

1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.

2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers., τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.

3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.

4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.

5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.); ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ; τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.

C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ; Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.); Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., τῆς S.OC 1258
, Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.); τῷ S.Ph.14
; τήν Id.OC 747
, Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg. τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).

D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:

a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.

b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., [dialect] Dor. ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ Theoc.1.65
, ὥλαφος from ὁ ἔλαφος ib. 135 ; [dialect] Ion. ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς- SIG57.45 (Milet., v B.C.) ; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή Heraclit.60
, etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὁ
11 pues

adv.

then.

conj.

1 since, as (dado que).

2 therefore, so (por lo tanto).

creo, pues, que… so, I think that…

3 so.

querías verlo, pues ahí está you wanted to see it, so here it is

4 because, for, since.

5 I repeat that, I must repeat that.

Pues es azul! I repeat that it is blue!

intj.

then.

Compórtese,pues,como debe y evitará problemas Behave,then,as you should...

* * *

pues

► conjunción

1 (ya que) since, as

2 (por lo tanto) therefore, so

3 (repetitivo) then

4 (enfático) well

■ pues bien well then

■ ¡pues claro! of course!

■ pues no well no

* * *
1. conj.
since, because, as
2. interj.
well, then

* * *

CONJ

1) [con valor consecutivo] then

-tengo sueño -¡pues vete a la cama! — "I'm tired" - "then go to bed!"

llegó, pues, con dos horas de retraso — so he arrived two hours late

¿no vas con ella, pues? — aren't you going with her after all?

2) [con valor enfático] well

pues no voy — well I'm not going

pues, como te iba contando... — well, as I was saying...

¡pues no lo sabía! — well, I didn't know!

¡pues claro! — yes, of course!

pues sí — well, yes; (=naturalmente) certainly

pues no — well, no; (=de ningún modo) not at all

¡pues qué! — come now!, what else did you expect!

3) [indicando duda]

pues, no sé — well, I don't know

4) frm [con valor causal] since, for

cómpralo, pues lo necesitas — buy it, since you need it

* * *
I
conjunción

1)

a) well

pues mira, yo si fuera tú... — well look, if I were you...

b) (expresando duda, vacilación) well

pues... no sé — well... I don't know

c) ( en exclamaciones) well

pues yo no sabía nada! — well, I didn't know anything about it!

¿a ti te interesaría? - pues claro! — would you be interested? - yes, of course! o why, yes!

d) ( indicando consecuencia) then

no me gusta - pues no lo comas — I don't like it - well, don't eat it then

pues si te gusta tanto, cómpralo — if you like it that much, then buy it

2) (frml) ( porque) as, since
II
adverbio (liter o frml)

ésta es, pues, mi conclusión — this, then, is my conclusion

llegamos, pues, fa nuestro destino — and so we arrived at our destination

* * *

= alas, as, then.

Ex. This staff reduction would, alas, lead to a reduced number of viewpoints.

Ex. Clearly, with such a complex range of symbols a filing order for the symbols must be defined, as there is no obvious order.

Ex. In general then, the analytical approach is to be preferred, but it does have two limitations.

----

* así pues = as such, thus.

* pues bien = well.

* * *
I
conjunción

1)

a) well

pues mira, yo si fuera tú... — well look, if I were you...

b) (expresando duda, vacilación) well

pues... no sé — well... I don't know

c) ( en exclamaciones) well

pues yo no sabía nada! — well, I didn't know anything about it!

¿a ti te interesaría? - pues claro! — would you be interested? - yes, of course! o why, yes!

d) ( indicando consecuencia) then

no me gusta - pues no lo comas — I don't like it - well, don't eat it then

pues si te gusta tanto, cómpralo — if you like it that much, then buy it

2) (frml) ( porque) as, since
II
adverbio (liter o frml)

ésta es, pues, mi conclusión — this, then, is my conclusion

llegamos, pues, fa nuestro destino — and so we arrived at our destination

* * *

= alas, as, then.

Ex: This staff reduction would, alas, lead to a reduced number of viewpoints.

Ex: Clearly, with such a complex range of symbols a filing order for the symbols must be defined, as there is no obvious order.

Ex: In general then, the analytical approach is to be preferred, but it does have two limitations.

* así pues = as such, thus.

* pues bien = well.

* * *

pues¹

conjunction

A

1 well

pues mira, yo si fuera tú me negaba well look, if I were you I'd refuse

2 (expresando duda, vacilación) well

¿tú qué harías? — pues … no sé what would you do? — well … I don't really know

3 (en exclamaciones) well

se lo dijo a todos — ¡pues yo no sabía nada! she told everyone — well, I didn't know anything about it!

¡pues haberlo dicho antes! well, you could have said so earlier!

¿a ti te interesaría? — ¡pues claro! would you be interested? — yes, of course! o why, yes!

4 (indicando consecuencia) then

no me gusta — pues no lo comas or no lo comas, pues I don't like it — well, don't eat it then o then don't eat it

pues si te gusta tanto, cómpralo if you like it that much, then buy it o well, if you like it so much, buy it

B ( frml) (porque) as

no pudo asistir pues tenía un compromiso anterior he was unable to attend as o since he had a prior engagement ( frml)

pues²

adverb

( liter o frml):

ésta es, pues, la conclusión a la que se llegó this, then, is the conclusion that was reached

llegamos, pues, felizmente a nuestro destino and so we arrived safely at our destination

* * *

pues conjunción
a) ( en general) well

b) ( indicando consecuencia) then;

◊ pues si te gusta tanto, cómpralo if you like it that much, then buy it

pues
I conj
1 (puesto que) since, as: no lo hagas, pues no lo necesitas, don't do it, since you don't need it
2 (en consecuencia) then
3 (vacilación) well
4 (como pregunta) ¿y pues?, and so?
5 (uso enfático) pues entonces vamos, we'll go then
II exclamación ¡pues claro que sí!, well, of course!
' pues' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
así
- bien
- fastidiarse
- hojuela
- pascua
- champú
- hecho
- lo
- ver
English:
anyhow
- average
- fat
- then
- tough
- well
- certainly
- for
- OK

* * *

pues

♦ conj

1. [entonces, en ese caso] then;

¿no quieres ir? pues te quedas en casa you don't want to go? well, stay at home then;

¿no querías trabajo? pues ya lo tienes you said you wanted some work, didn't you? well, now you've got it;

¿no quieres escucharme? ¡pues te arrepentirás! you won't listen to me, eh? well, you'll regret it!;

¿qué quieres hacer, pues? what do you want to do, then?

2. [enfático]
¡pues ya está! well, that's it!;

¡pues claro! but of course!;

pues no certainly not;

¡pues vaya amigo que tienes! some friend he is!;

¡pues haberlo dicho antes! well, you could have said so earlier!;

¿no te gustan? ¡pues a mí me encantan! you don't like them? I LOVE them!

3. [como comodín]
pues, como iba diciendo anyway, as I was saying;

pues nada, cuando tengas noticias de ellos me avisas right, well let me know when you hear from them;

¿pues qué te pasa? – pues nada so what's the matter then? – nothing;

pues ¿qué quieres que te diga?, a mí no me gustó what do you want me to say? I didn't like it

4. [dado que] since, as;

no pude verlo, pues olvidé las gafas I couldn't really see it, because I'd forgotten my glasses

♦ adv
[por lo tanto] therefore, so;
creo, pues, que… so, I think that…;

repito, pues, que hace bien anyway, as I said before, I think he's doing the right thing

* * *

pues

conj

1 well;

pues bien well;

¡pues sí! of course!

2 fml ( porque) as, since

* * *

pues conj

1) : since, because, for

no puedo ir, pues no tengo plata: I can't go, since I don't have any money

lo hace, pues a él le gusta: he does it because he likes to

2) (used interjectionally) : well, then

¡pues claro que sí!: well, of course!

¡pues no voy!: well then, I'm not going!

* * *

pues conj well

pues... no lo sé well... I don't know

pues, no vengas well, don't come then!

pues claro well, of course!

Spanish-English dictionary > pues
12 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
13 ab

ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:
AF VOBEIS,
Inscr. Orell. 3114;
AF MVRO,
ib. 6601;
AF CAPVA,
ib. 3308;
AF SOLO,
ib. 589;
AF LYCO,
ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):
abs chorago,
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):
abs quivis,
Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:
abs terra,
Cato, R. R. 51;
and in compounds: aps-cessero,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;
and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,
id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
I.
In space, and,
II.
Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
I.
Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):
Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:
fuga ab urbe turpissima,
Cic. Att. 7, 21:
ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,
Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:
illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,
all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:
venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
b.
Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:
oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:
quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,
Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:
ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:
protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,
id. ib. 1, 25, 2:
profecti a domo,
Liv. 40, 33, 2;
of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:
classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,
Liv. 8, 22, 6;
of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,
Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:
legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,
id. 24, 40, 2.
c.
Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):
Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:
libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,
Cic. Fl. 20, 47:
Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,
id. Att. 7, 24:
cum a vobis discessero,
id. Sen. 22:
multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:
so a fratre,
id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:
a Pontio,
Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:
ab ea,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
B.
Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
1.
Of separation:
ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,
Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:
abesse a domo paulisper maluit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:
tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,
Sall. C. 40, 5:
absint lacerti ab stabulis,
Verg. G. 4, 14.—
2.
Of distance:
quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:
nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,
id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:
hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:
terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,
Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:
non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):
cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,
Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:
qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:
quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,
Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:
procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,
Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:
tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,
Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;
v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:
tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,
id. Pis. 11, 26; and:
tam prope ab domo detineri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:
onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,
eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:
duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,
id. 37, 38, 5). —
3.
To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:
picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,
Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:
pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,
on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:
non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,
at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:
erat a septentrionibus collis,
on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
II.
Fig.
A.
In time.
1.
From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:
Exul ab octava Marius bibit,
Juv. 1,40:
mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,
immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:
Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
ab hac contione legati missi sunt,
immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:
ab eo magistratu,
after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:
a summa spe novissima exspectabat,
after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:
ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,
Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:
confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,
Liv. 30, 36, 1:
statim a funere,
Suet. Caes. 85;
and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,
id. ib. 60:
protinus ab adoptione,
Vell. 2, 104, 3:
Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,
soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—
Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,
i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:
secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,
i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
2.
With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:
ab hora tertia bibebatur,
from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:
infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,
since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:
vixit ab omni aeternitate,
from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:
cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,
Nep. Att. 5, 3:
in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,
after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:
centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,
since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:
cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,
id. Sen. 6, 19; and:
ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,
since, Sall. C. 47, 2:
diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,
Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:
quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,
since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:
jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,
from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:
ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:
cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:
a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,
Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:
pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,
from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
b.
Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:
qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,
from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:
mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,
a pueritia,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:
jam inde ab adulescentia,
Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:
ab adulescentia,
Cic. Rep. 2, 1:
jam a prima adulescentia,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:
ab ineunte adulescentia,
id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.
followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:
a primis temporibus aetatis,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:
a teneris unguiculis,
from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:
usque a toga pura,
id. Att. 7, 8, 5:
jam inde ab incunabulis,
Liv. 4, 36, 5:
a prima lanugine,
Suet. Oth. 12:
viridi ab aevo,
Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;
rarely of animals: ab infantia,
Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:
qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,
a pausillo puero,
id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:
a puero,
Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:
a pueris,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:
ab adulescente,
id. Quint. 3, 12:
ab infante,
Col. 1, 8, 2:
a parva virgine,
Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:
a parvis,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:
a parvulo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:
ab parvulis,
Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:
ab tenero,
Col. 5, 6, 20;
and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
B.
In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
1.
In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):
suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:
qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:
hic ab artificio suo non recessit,
id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:
quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:
condicionem quam ab te peto,
id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:
mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:
si quid ab illo acceperis,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:
quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:
ab defensione desistere,
Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:
ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,
id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:
ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,
Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):
qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,
the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:
tu nunc eris alter ab illo,
next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:
Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,
next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:
quid hoc ab illo differt,
from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:
hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,
id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:
discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,
id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):
quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7:
alieno a te animo fuit,
id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):
subdole ab re consulit,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:
haut est ab re aucupis,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:
non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,
Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
2.
In partic.
a.
To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:
a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,
Cic. Lael. 1, 1:
ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,
id. ib. 1, 3:
disputata ab eo,
id. ib. 1, 4 al.:
illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,
id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:
ita generati a natura sumus,
id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:
pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,
Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:
niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,
Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:
quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,
is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:
salvebis a meo Cicerone,
i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:
a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,
i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:
ne vir ab hoste cadat,
Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):
levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,
Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:
a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,
id. Off. 2, 6, 19:
si calor est a sole,
id. N. D. 2, 52:
ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),
id. Att. 16, 7, 5:
metu poenae a Romanis,
Liv. 32, 23, 9:
bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,
id. 3, 22, 2:
ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,
id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:
lassus ab equo indomito,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:
Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,
Prop. 5, 1, 126:
tempus a nostris triste malis,
time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:
vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?
by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,
ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),
Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:
si postulatur a populo,
if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:
deseror conjuge,
Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;
and in prose,
Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:
ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,
Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:
(urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
b.
With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:
pastores a Pergamide,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:
Turnus ab Aricia,
Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):
obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,
Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
c.
In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:
(sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,
id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
d.
With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:
da, puere, ab summo,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,
da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:
coepere a fame mala,
Liv. 4, 12, 7:
cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,
tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:
a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
e.
With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:
a foliis et stercore purgato,
Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:
tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?
Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:
Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,
Liv. 21, 11, 5:
expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:
haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,
id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):
ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,
Sall. C. 32:
ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,
Liv. 21, 35, 12:
ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,
Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
f.
With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:
el metul a Chryside,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:
ab Hannibale metuens,
Liv. 23, 36; and:
metus a praetore,
id. 23, 15, 7;
v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,
Cic. Sull. 20, 59:
postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,
you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
g.
With verbs of fastening and holding:
funiculus a puppi religatus,
Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:
cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,
Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
h.
Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:
a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,
Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
i.
Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):
id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
j.
Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:
doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:
a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,
id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:
a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,
a frigore laborantibus,
Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:
laborare ab re frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
k.
Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:
ab ingenio improbus,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:
a me pudica'st,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:
orba ab optimatibus contio,
Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):
locus copiosus a frumento,
Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:
sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,
id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:
ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,
id. Brut. 16, 63:
ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,
Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;
so often in poets ab arte=arte,
artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
l.
In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:
linguam ab irrisu exserentem,
thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:
ab honore,
id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
m.
Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:
ab illo injuria,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:
fulgor ab auro,
Lucr. 2, 5:
dulces a fontibus undae,
Verg. G. 2, 243.
n.
In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:
scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
nonnuill ab novissimis,
id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
o.
In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:
qui sunt ab ea disciplina,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:
ab eo qui sunt,
id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:
nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,
id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
p.
To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;
in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,
one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,
a manu servus,
a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
q.
The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:
a peregre,
Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:
a foris,
Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:
ab intus,
ib. ib. 7, 15:
ab invicem,
App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:
a longe,
Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:
a modo,
ib. ib. 23, 39;
Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,
Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:
a sursum,
ib. Marc. 15, 38.
► a.
Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:
Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,
Cic. Pis. 37, 91:
a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?
id. Sen. 6:
a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?
id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:
res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
b.
Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
c.
It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:
a vitae periculo,
Cic. Brut. 91, 313:
a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,
id. Arch. 6, 12:
a minus bono,
Sall. C. 2, 6:
a satis miti principio,
Liv. 1, 6, 4:
damnis dives ab ipsa suis,
Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
d.
The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):
aque Chao,
Verg. G. 4, 347:
aque mero,
Ov. M. 3, 631:
aque viro,
id. H. 6, 156:
aque suis,
id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:
a meque,
Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:
abs teque,
id. Att. 3, 15, 4:
a teque,
id. ib. 8, 11, §
7: a primaque adulescentia,
id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
e.
A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
III.
In composition ab,
1.
Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
2.
It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab
14 post ea

postĕā (in some edd. also separately, post ĕa), adv. [post- and acc. plur. ea, orig. eā, Corss. Ausspr. 1, 769].
I.
After this or that, hereafter, thereafter, afterwards:
P. Considius, qui in exercitu P. Sullae, et postea in M. Crassi fuerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21; Cic. N. D. 2, 35, 90; id. Brut. 3, 12:
postea, cum mihi nihil scriberetur, verebar ne, etc.,
id. Fam. 2, 19, 1:
postea vero quam equitatus in conspectum venit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 37; Cato, R. R. 156. —With abl. of difference of time (class.):
postea aliquanto,
a little while after, Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:
paucis postea mensibus,
id. Clu. 47, 130:
brevi postea mortuus est,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142:
non multo postea,
not long after, id. Cat. 1, 6, 15:
paulo postea,
Amm. 26, 10, 5:
multo postea,
id. 28, 4, 3.— So with adv. of time (post-class.):
non diu postea,
Amm. 14, 11, 24:
haud longe postea,
id. 14, 7, 17:
longe autem postea,
id. 17, 4, 5.—With deinde, inde, or deinceps, then, [p. 1405] after that, afterwards:
legati deinde postea missi ab rege,
Liv. 41, 24:
inde postea,
id. 44, 24:
postea deinceps,
id. 45, 14.— postea quam (also as one word, posteaquam), after that (very freq. in Cic.):
postea quam ego in Siciliam veni,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 56, § 138:
posteaquam honoribus inservire coepi,
id. Off. 2, 1, 4; 3, 2, 8:
postea quam nuntii venerint,
Caes. B. G. 6, 10; 7, 82; 5, 32:
posteaquam Agesilaum misere,
Just. 6, 2, 7.—Rarely with pluperf.:
postea quam tantam multitudinem conlegerat emblematum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54 (cf. Zumpt, §
507 b).—So, too, postea vero quam,
Caes. B. G. 4, 37; Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 5; Sall. J. 29, 3; Nep. Dion, 4, 3 al.; cf.:
postea autem quam ei nuntiatum est,
Cic. Clu. 67, 192:
postea (or post ea) loci for postea: post ea loci consul pervenit in oppidum,
Sall. J. 102, 1.—
II.
Transf.
A.
Afterwards, for then, besides (ante-class.), Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 35; id. Most. 1, 3, 131 (dub.).—
B.
Then, in consequence of this:
nonne haec justa tibi videntur postea?
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 26.—
Hence, quid postea?
what next? what further? what then? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 23:
quid postea, si Romae assiduus fui?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 33, 94:
at enim nemo post reges exactos de plebe consul fuit: quid postea?
Liv. 4, 4.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > post ea
15 postea

postĕā (in some edd. also separately, post ĕa), adv. [post- and acc. plur. ea, orig. eā, Corss. Ausspr. 1, 769].
I.
After this or that, hereafter, thereafter, afterwards:
P. Considius, qui in exercitu P. Sullae, et postea in M. Crassi fuerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21; Cic. N. D. 2, 35, 90; id. Brut. 3, 12:
postea, cum mihi nihil scriberetur, verebar ne, etc.,
id. Fam. 2, 19, 1:
postea vero quam equitatus in conspectum venit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 37; Cato, R. R. 156. —With abl. of difference of time (class.):
postea aliquanto,
a little while after, Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:
paucis postea mensibus,
id. Clu. 47, 130:
brevi postea mortuus est,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142:
non multo postea,
not long after, id. Cat. 1, 6, 15:
paulo postea,
Amm. 26, 10, 5:
multo postea,
id. 28, 4, 3.— So with adv. of time (post-class.):
non diu postea,
Amm. 14, 11, 24:
haud longe postea,
id. 14, 7, 17:
longe autem postea,
id. 17, 4, 5.—With deinde, inde, or deinceps, then, [p. 1405] after that, afterwards:
legati deinde postea missi ab rege,
Liv. 41, 24:
inde postea,
id. 44, 24:
postea deinceps,
id. 45, 14.— postea quam (also as one word, posteaquam), after that (very freq. in Cic.):
postea quam ego in Siciliam veni,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 56, § 138:
posteaquam honoribus inservire coepi,
id. Off. 2, 1, 4; 3, 2, 8:
postea quam nuntii venerint,
Caes. B. G. 6, 10; 7, 82; 5, 32:
posteaquam Agesilaum misere,
Just. 6, 2, 7.—Rarely with pluperf.:
postea quam tantam multitudinem conlegerat emblematum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54 (cf. Zumpt, §
507 b).—So, too, postea vero quam,
Caes. B. G. 4, 37; Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 5; Sall. J. 29, 3; Nep. Dion, 4, 3 al.; cf.:
postea autem quam ei nuntiatum est,
Cic. Clu. 67, 192:
postea (or post ea) loci for postea: post ea loci consul pervenit in oppidum,
Sall. J. 102, 1.—
II.
Transf.
A.
Afterwards, for then, besides (ante-class.), Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 35; id. Most. 1, 3, 131 (dub.).—
B.
Then, in consequence of this:
nonne haec justa tibi videntur postea?
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 26.—
Hence, quid postea?
what next? what further? what then? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 23:
quid postea, si Romae assiduus fui?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 33, 94:
at enim nemo post reges exactos de plebe consul fuit: quid postea?
Liv. 4, 4.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > postea
16 postea quam

postĕā (in some edd. also separately, post ĕa), adv. [post- and acc. plur. ea, orig. eā, Corss. Ausspr. 1, 769].
I.
After this or that, hereafter, thereafter, afterwards:
P. Considius, qui in exercitu P. Sullae, et postea in M. Crassi fuerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21; Cic. N. D. 2, 35, 90; id. Brut. 3, 12:
postea, cum mihi nihil scriberetur, verebar ne, etc.,
id. Fam. 2, 19, 1:
postea vero quam equitatus in conspectum venit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 37; Cato, R. R. 156. —With abl. of difference of time (class.):
postea aliquanto,
a little while after, Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:
paucis postea mensibus,
id. Clu. 47, 130:
brevi postea mortuus est,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 54, § 142:
non multo postea,
not long after, id. Cat. 1, 6, 15:
paulo postea,
Amm. 26, 10, 5:
multo postea,
id. 28, 4, 3.— So with adv. of time (post-class.):
non diu postea,
Amm. 14, 11, 24:
haud longe postea,
id. 14, 7, 17:
longe autem postea,
id. 17, 4, 5.—With deinde, inde, or deinceps, then, [p. 1405] after that, afterwards:
legati deinde postea missi ab rege,
Liv. 41, 24:
inde postea,
id. 44, 24:
postea deinceps,
id. 45, 14.— postea quam (also as one word, posteaquam), after that (very freq. in Cic.):
postea quam ego in Siciliam veni,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 56, § 138:
posteaquam honoribus inservire coepi,
id. Off. 2, 1, 4; 3, 2, 8:
postea quam nuntii venerint,
Caes. B. G. 6, 10; 7, 82; 5, 32:
posteaquam Agesilaum misere,
Just. 6, 2, 7.—Rarely with pluperf.:
postea quam tantam multitudinem conlegerat emblematum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54 (cf. Zumpt, §
507 b).—So, too, postea vero quam,
Caes. B. G. 4, 37; Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 5; Sall. J. 29, 3; Nep. Dion, 4, 3 al.; cf.:
postea autem quam ei nuntiatum est,
Cic. Clu. 67, 192:
postea (or post ea) loci for postea: post ea loci consul pervenit in oppidum,
Sall. J. 102, 1.—
II.
Transf.
A.
Afterwards, for then, besides (ante-class.), Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 35; id. Most. 1, 3, 131 (dub.).—
B.
Then, in consequence of this:
nonne haec justa tibi videntur postea?
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 26.—
Hence, quid postea?
what next? what further? what then? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 23:
quid postea, si Romae assiduus fui?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 33, 94:
at enim nemo post reges exactos de plebe consul fuit: quid postea?
Liv. 4, 4.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > postea quam
17 Insight

   1) The Catalyst to Darwin's Discovery of the Principle of Natural Selection

   In October 1838 that is, fifteen months after I had begun my systematic enquiry, I happened to read for amusement "Malthus on Population," and being well prepared to appreciate the struggle for existence which everywhere goes on from long-continued observation of the habits of animals and plants, it at once struck me that under these circumstances favorable variations would tend to be preserved, and unfavorable ones to be destroyed. (Darwin, 1911, p. 68)

   2) Insight in the Chimpanzee

   The insight of the chimpanzee shows itself to be principally determined by his optical apprehension of the situation. (KoЁhler, 1925, p. 267)

   3) Brevity, Suddenness and Immediate Certainty

   Then I turned my attention to the study of some arithmetical questions apparently without much success and without a suspicion of any connection with my preceding researches. Disgusted with my failure, I went to spend a few days at the seaside, and thought of something else. One morning, walking on the bluff, the idea came to me, with just the same characteristics of brevity, suddenness and immediate certainty, that the arithmetic transformations of indeterminate ternary quadratic forms were identical with those of non-Euclidean geometry. (Poincareґ, 1929, p. 388)

   4) Insight Is Not a Mysterious Mental Agent

   The direct awareness of determination... may also be called insight. When I once used this expression in a description of the intelligent behavior of apes, an unfortunate misunderstanding was, it seems, not entirely prevented.... Apparently, some readers interpreted this formulation as though it referred to a mysterious mental agent or faculty which was made responsible for the apes' behavior. Actually, nothing of this sort was intended... the concept is used in a strictly descriptive fashion. (KoЁhler, 1947, pp. 341-342)

   5) Insight in Animal Problem- Solving

   The task must be neither so easy that the animal solves the problem at once, thus not allowing one to analyze the solution; nor so hard that the animal fails to solve it except by rote learning in a long series of trials. With a problem of such borderline difficulty, the solution may appear out of a blue sky. There is a period first of fruitless effort in one direction, or perhaps a series of attempted solutions. Then suddenly there is a complete change in the direction of effort, and a cleancut solution of the task. This then is the first criterion of the occurrence of insight. The behavior cannot be described as a gradual accretion of learning; it is evident that something has happened in the animal at the moment of solution. (What happens is another matter.) (Hebb, 1949, p. 160)

   6) An Explanation of Sudden Insight

   If the subject had not spontaneously solved the problem [of how to catch hold at the same time of two strings hung from the ceiling so wide apart that he or she could only get hold of one at a time, when the only available tool was a pair of pliers, by tying the pliers to one string and setting it into pendular motion] within ten minutes, Maier supplied him with a hint; he would "accidentally" brush against one of the strings, causing it to swing gently. Of those who solved the problem after this hint, the average interval between hint and solution was only forty-two seconds.... Most of those subjects who solved the problem immediately after the hint did so without any realization that they had been given one. The "idea" of making a pendulum with pliers seemed to arise spontaneously. (Osgood, 1960, p. 633)

   7) Flashes of Insight Do Not Explain Problem- Solving

   There seems to be very little reason to believe that solutions to novel problems come about in ﬂashes of insight, independently of past experience.... People create solutions to new problems by starting with what they know and later modifying it to meet the specific problem at hand. (Weisberg, 1986, p. 50)

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Insight
18 PO

praep. 1. (później niż) after
- po śniadaniu/pracy/wojnie after breakfast/work/the war

- po chwili after a bit a. moment

- po godzinie/dwóch latach an hour/two years later, after an hour/two years

- po dwuletnim pobycie w więzieniu after two years in prison

- po południu in the afternoon

- pięć/kwadrans po czwartej five/a quarter past four

- wróciła po dwunastej she came back after twelve

- po ukończeniu studiów rozpoczął pracę w szkole after a. on graduating he began working at a school

- zdrzemnął się po wyjściu gości he nodded off after the guests had left pot.

- po pięćdziesiątce musisz zacząć dbać o siebie when you’re over fifty you need to take care of yourself

- po czym and then, after which

- oprowadził mnie po starym mieście, po czym zaprosił na piwo he showed me around the Old Town and then invited me for a beer

- po czasie late

- oddał referat pięć dni po czasie he handed in his paper five days late
2. (w przestrzeni, w różnych miejscach) (all) over, around, round GB
- po całym mieście/kraju/domu all over (the) town/the country/the house

- po całej Europie all over Europe, throughout the whole of Europe

- ubrania porozrzucane po pokoju clothes flung all over a. scattered around the room

- porozlewać wodę po podłodze to spill water all over the floor

- biegać po sklepach to run round the shops pot.

- chodzić po korytarzu/pokoju to walk up and down the corridor/around the room

- chodzić po lesie/górach to walk in the forest/mountains

- oprowadzić kogoś po zamku to show sb around a castle

- szukać czegoś po encyklopediach to look a. hunt through encyclopedias for sth

- szepczą o tym po kawiarniach tongues are beginning to wag (about it)
3. (o powierzchni) (na) on; (wzdłuż) along
- chodzić po piasku/trawie to walk on sand/grass

- poruszać się po szynach to move (along) on rails

- jechać na rowerze po szosie/ścieżce to cycle along a. on a road/path

- ślizgać się po zamarzniętym jeziorze to skate on a frozen lake

- bębnić palcami po stole to drum one’s fingers on the table

- wchodzić/schodzić po schodach to walk up/down the stairs

- zjeżdżać po poręczy to slide down the banisters

- zupa ściekała mu po brodzie the soup was dripping down his chin

- poruszać się po linii prostej to move in a straight line

- przechodzić przez jezdnię po pasach to cross the road at a zebra crossing

- głaskać kogoś po włosach/policzku to stroke sb’s hair/cheek

- całować kogoś po rękach to kiss sb’s hands

- pokrzywy parzyły go po nogach nettles were stinging his legs
4. (o stronie) on
- po tej/drugiej stronie ulicy on this/on the other side of the street

- po prawej stronie drogi to the right of the road

- po obu stronach kartki on both sides of the paper

- kawałek chleba posmarowany po wierzchu dżemem a piece of bread with jam spread on top

- placek przypalony po brzegach a pie burnt along the edges
5. (do górnej granicy) (przestrzennej) (up) to, as far as; (czasowej) up to, till, until
- po szyję/czubek głowy up to the neck/the top of one’s head

- silne wiatry od Bałkanów po Skandynawię strong winds from the Balkans up to Scandinavia

- wody było po kolana the water was knee-deep

- talerz pełen po brzegi a plate full to the brim

- od średniowiecza po schyłek Oświecenia from the Middle Ages up to a. until the end of the Enlightenment

- od profesora po sekretarkę from the professor down to the secretary
6. (w hierarchii, kolejności) after
- była w naszym domu pierwszą osobą po ojcu she was the second most important person in our home after father

- miał piąty po zwycięzcy czas na mecie he had the fifth best time (after the winner)

- jeden po drugim one after the other a. another

- przesłuchiwał taśmę po taśmie he listened to one tape after another

- krok po kroku step by step

- dzień po dniu day after day; day in, day out
7. (dziedziczenie) from (kimś sb)
- odziedziczyć coś po kimś to inherit sth from sb

- objąć stanowisko po kimś to take over sb’s position, to succeed sb

- objął tron po wuju he succeeded his uncle to a. on the throne

- dom miał po dziadku he inherited the house from his grandfather

- po matce miała talent muzyczny she had inherited her mother’s musical talent

- prowadził po ojcu sklep mięsny he ran a butcher’s shop inherited from his father

- nosić imię po dziadku to be named after one’s grandfather
8. (następstwo) [sprzątać, zmywać] after (kimś sb)
- rozpaczać po kimś to grieve over a. for sb

- płakać po kimś to mourn sb

- obiecywać sobie coś a. oczekiwać czegoś po kimś/czymś to expect sth from sb/sth

- nie obiecuj sobie po nim zbyt wiele don’t expect too much from him

- czego oczekujesz po tym zebraniu? what are you expecting from the meeting?

- butelka po mleku/piwie a milk/beer bottle

- pusty worek po ziemniakach an empty potato sack
9 (na podstawie) by
- poznać kogoś po głosie/ruchach to recognize sb by their voice/movements

- po czym go poznałeś? how did you recognize him?

- widać po twoich oczach, że jesteś zmęczona I can see a. tell by your eyes that you’re tired

- sądząc po akcencie, (on) pochodzi z Dublina judging by a. from his accent, he comes from Dublin
10 (cel) for (kogoś/coś sb/sth)
- stać w kolejce po mięso to stand in the meat queue, to queue up for meat

- zadzwonić po lekarza/taksówkę to phone for the doctor/a taxi

- poszła do sklepu po chleb she went to the shop for some bread

- poszedł po wnuczkę he went to collect his granddaughter

- zatelefonowała do niego po radę she called him to ask for some advice

- przyszedłem tu tylko po to, żeby wyjaśnić całą sprawę I just came here to explain the whole thing a. business pot.

- nie po to przez pięć lat studiowałam prawo, żeby pracować jako kelnerka I didn’t study law for five years (in order) to work as a waitress

- co a. cóż ci po pękniętej filiżance? what do you need a cracked cup for?

- nic mi po takich radach what’s the use of advice like that?

- nic tu po mnie I’m not needed here; I may as well go a. be off pot

- po co what for?, why?

- po cóż whatever for?

- po co ci nóż? what do you need a knife for?

- nie wiem, po co tu przyszła I don’t know what she came here for a. why she came here
11 (wyrażające miarę, liczbę, wartość) po trzy z każdej strony three on each side
- po parę razy dziennie several times a day

- trzy pliki po sto banknotów (każdy) three bundles of a hundred banknotes each

- po 2 złote za sztukę (at) 2 zlotys each a. apiece

- po 5 złotych za kilo (at) 5 zlotys a a. per kilo

- po ile? a. po czemu? przest. how much?

- po ile te pomidory? how much are these tomatoes?

- wchodziły po jednej they entered one by one a. one at a time

- podchodzić do stołu po dwóch/trzech to come up to a. approach the table in twos/threes

- po trochu bit by bit, little by little

- zapłaciliśmy po dziesięć złotych we paid ten zlotys each

- dostali po dwa jabłka they each got two apples

- każde dziecko dostało po zabawce each child a. each of the children got a toy

- Adam i Robert wygrali po książce Adam and Robert each won a book
12 (w wyrażeniu przysłówkowym) po ojcowsku/profesorsku/chłopięcemu like a father/professor/boy
- zrób to po swojemu do it your own way

- czy mówisz po litewsku/włosku? can you speak Lithuanian/Italian?

- powiedz to po angielsku say it in English

■ po temu (stosowny) for it

- to nie miejsce i czas po temu this is not the (right) time or place for it

- powiem jej, kiedy nadarzy się po temu okazja I’ll tell her when I get the chance a. opportunity

- mam po temu powody I have my reasons

- miała wszelkie warunki po temu, żeby być dobrą aktorką she had all the makings of a good actress

* * *

abbr ( SZKOL: = Przysposobienie Obronne)

civil defence course

* * *

PO

abbr.

szkoln. (= przysposobienie obronne) civil defence course.

The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > PO
19 acta fori

ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;
axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;
AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;
agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
I.
Lit.
A.
Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
a.
Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:
jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:
capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:
Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:
caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
b.
With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:
agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:
equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:
Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:
acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:
pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:
per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:
pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:
capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:
pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
B.
Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
a.
Absol.:
agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—
b.
With prep., abl., or inf.:
vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:
agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:
(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:
captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:
acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:
captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:
agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;
and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:
quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:
raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:
egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:
poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;
also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:
unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:
quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:
Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:
Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:
is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:
Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:
Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:
Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
C.
To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):
Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:
rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:
rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:
ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;
so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):
ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:
urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:
pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;
so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
D.
To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
a.
Of animals:
apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:
cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:
citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:
feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—
b.
Of men:
ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):
ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:
Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:
aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;
22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—
E.
Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:
quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:
egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:
vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:
cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;
so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:
accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:
fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:
in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:
ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:
naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,
agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
F.
To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):
scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:
spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:
piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:
qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:
agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:
anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:
nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:
Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;
Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—
G.
Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:
(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:
florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:
frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:
se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:
(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:
per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:
robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:
vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:
pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.
II.
Trop.
A.
Spec., to guide, govern:
Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
B.
In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:
si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:
una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:
totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:
in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:
si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:
provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—
C.
To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):
me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:
agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:
perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:
opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):
reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:
non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:
acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:
diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:
quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:
futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
D.
To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
1.
In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
a.
With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:
numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:
post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
b.
Without object:
aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:
agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:
industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
c.
In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:
Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:
vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:
prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:
quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:
Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
d.
With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;
collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:
nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:
nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;
usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:
[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:
ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
e.
In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:
hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:
quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:
sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
2.
To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):
At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:
Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:
observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:
Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:
res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:
Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:
utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:
grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:
gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):
nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:
postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,
sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:
nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:
ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:
agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:
renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:
suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,
ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:
neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:
postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:
sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
3.
To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):
nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:
hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:
agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:
de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—
4.
With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):
rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:
vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:
excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:
excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:
pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:
stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:
triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:
libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:
paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:
silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:
pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:
crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:
laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:
cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:
delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:
experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:
curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:
curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:
oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:
nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:
officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):
diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:
Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:
Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:
Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;
nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;
majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:
Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;
referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:
gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;
and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:
Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,
diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:
agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:
Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
5.
Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:
tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:
aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:
dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:
otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:
ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:
vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:
tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:
Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:
ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:
aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:
menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:
mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:
melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:
acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:
tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:
actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:
Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:
quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:
civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:
tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:
in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:
apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:
Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:
Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:
ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:
Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:
quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:
agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:
Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:
ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:
in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
6.
In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:
qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):
a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:
Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:
Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:
hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:
haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:
agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:
hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:
nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:
Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:
id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:
(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:
qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:
idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:
Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:
Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:
Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:
Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:
Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:
certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:
ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:
usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:
atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:
aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—
7.
In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:
aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:
Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:
Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):
levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:
forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:
conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;
used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:
vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:
censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:
recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:
potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:
honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:
regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:
rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:
consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:
praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:
centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:
senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:
fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:
publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:
inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:
rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
8.
Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:
velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:
de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:
de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:
cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:
de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:
de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):
cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:
agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:
hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:
Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
a.
Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);
ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:
Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:
algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:
haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:
de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:
egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:
misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:
Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:
Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:
si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:
ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:
Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—
b.
With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:
facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:
bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:
praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:
Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:
qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:
tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:
intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:
praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:
vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:
bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
9.
Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
a.
Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:
ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:
tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:
ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:
agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:
cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:
non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:
causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,
Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:
ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
b.
Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:
causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:
Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:
egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:
orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:
agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:
cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;
tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;
and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:
Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:
tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:
tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:
Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:
causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:
Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
c.
Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:
reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:
agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:
adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:
injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
d.
Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:
non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:
non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:
aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:
si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
(α).
Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:
at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:
quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:
agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:
non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:
nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):
agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
(β).
Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;
perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:
actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:
jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:
actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;
ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:
si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:
actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;
actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:
rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,
actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:
acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—
10.
To represent by external action, to perform, pronounce, deliver, etc.
a.
Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:
quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:
agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
b.
Of an actor, to represent, play, act:
Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,
fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:
dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:
partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:
Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:
gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:
dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:
egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:
amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:
exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:
socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:
senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:
utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
11.
Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:
tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:
qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:
non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:
neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:
prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:
sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:
seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:
facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:
superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:
ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:
anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—
12.
Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
a.
In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
(α).
In the sing.:
age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:
age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:
age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:
age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:
age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:
Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:
agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:
age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:
age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:
En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:
Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:
Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:
Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:
en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:
eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—
(β).
In the plur.:
agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:
agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:
agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:
Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:
vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:
agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:
agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):
age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:
En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:
mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:
Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:
Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—
b.
In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:
nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;
4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:
age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
c.
As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;
dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:
Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:
age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:
age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
► Position.
—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
I.
Sometimes follows such verb; as,
a.
In dactylic metre:
Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:
Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:
Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:
Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:
Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:
Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:
Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:
Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,
agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
b.
In other metres (very rarely):
appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:
dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;
3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:
procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—
II.
It is often separated from such verb:
age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:
Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:
Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:
Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:
Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:
en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:
age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:
Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
1.
ăgens, entis, P. a.
A.
Adj.
1.
Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):
utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:
acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
► 2.
Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
B.
Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
a.
Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
b.
For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
2.
actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
A.
actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:
actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:
acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:
acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—
B.
acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;
but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;
also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:
acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:
acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:
urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
1.
With the time added:
acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:
illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:
ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
2.
Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
C.
acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
D.
acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
a.
Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
b.
Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
E.
acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > acta fori
20 acta militaria

ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;
axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;
AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;
agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
I.
Lit.
A.
Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
a.
Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:
jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:
capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:
Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:
caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
b.
With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:
agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:
equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:
Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:
acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:
pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:
per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:
pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:
capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:
pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
B.
Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
a.
Absol.:
agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—
b.
With prep., abl., or inf.:
vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:
agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:
(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:
captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:
acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:
captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:
agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;
and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:
quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:
raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:
egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:
poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;
also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:
unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:
quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:
Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:
Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:
is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:
Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:
Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:
Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
C.
To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):
Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:
rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:
rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:
ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;
so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):
ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:
urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:
pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;
so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
D.
To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
a.
Of animals:
apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:
cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:
citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:
feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—
b.
Of men:
ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):
ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:
Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:
aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;
22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—
E.
Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:
quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:
egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:
vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:
cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;
so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:
accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:
fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:
in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:
ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:
naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,
agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
F.
To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):
scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:
spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:
piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:
qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:
agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:
anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:
nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:
Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;
Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—
G.
Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:
(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:
florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:
frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:
se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:
(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:
per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:
robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:
vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:
pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.
II.
Trop.
A.
Spec., to guide, govern:
Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
B.
In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:
si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:
una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:
totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:
in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:
si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:
provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—
C.
To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):
me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:
agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:
perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:
opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):
reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:
non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:
acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:
diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:
quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:
futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
D.
To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
1.
In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
a.
With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:
numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:
post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
b.
Without object:
aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:
agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:
industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
c.
In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:
Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:
vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:
prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:
quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:
Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
d.
With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;
collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:
nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:
nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;
usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:
[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:
ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
e.
In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:
hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:
quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:
sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
2.
To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):
At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:
Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:
observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:
Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:
res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:
Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:
utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:
grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:
gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):
nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:
postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,
sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:
nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:
ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:
agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:
renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:
suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,
ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:
neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:
postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:
sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
3.
To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):
nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:
hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:
agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:
de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—
4.
With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):
rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:
vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:
excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:
excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:
pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:
stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:
triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:
libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:
paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:
silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:
pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:
crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:
laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:
cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:
delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:
experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:
curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:
curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:
oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:
nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:
officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):
diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:
Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:
Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:
Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;
nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;
majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:
Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;
referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:
gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;
and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:
Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,
diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:
agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:
Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
5.
Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:
tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:
aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:
dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:
otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:
ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:
vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:
tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:
Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:
ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:
aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:
menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:
mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:
melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:
acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:
tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:
actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:
Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:
quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:
civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:
tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:
in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:
apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:
Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:
Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:
ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:
Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:
quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:
agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:
Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:
ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:
in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
6.
In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:
qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):
a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:
Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:
Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:
hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:
haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:
agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:
hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:
nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:
Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:
id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:
(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:
qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:
idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:
Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:
Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:
Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:
Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:
Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:
certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:
ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:
usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:
atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:
aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—
7.
In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:
aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:
Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:
Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):
levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:
forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:
conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;
used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:
vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:
censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:
recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:
potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:
honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:
regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:
rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:
consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:
praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:
centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:
senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:
fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:
publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:
inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:
rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
8.
Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:
velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:
de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:
de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:
cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:
de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:
de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):
cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:
agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:
hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:
Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
a.
Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);
ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:
Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:
algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:
haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:
de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:
egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:
misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:
Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:
Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:
si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:
ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:
Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—
b.
With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:
facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:
bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:
praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:
Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:
qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:
tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:
intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:
praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:
vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:
bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
9.
Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
a.
Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:
ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:
tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:
ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:
agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:
cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:
non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:
causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,
Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:
ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
b.
Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:
causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:
Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:
egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:
orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:
agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:
cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;
tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;
and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:
Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:
tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:
tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:
Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:
causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:
Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
c.
Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:
reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:
agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:
adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:
injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
d.
Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:
non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:
non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:
aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:
si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
(α).
Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:
at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:
quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:
agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:
non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:
nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):
agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
(β).
Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;
perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:
actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:
jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:
actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;
ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:
si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:
actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;
actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:
rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,
actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:
acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—
10.
To represent by external action, to perform, pronounce, deliver, etc.
a.
Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:
quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:
agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
b.
Of an actor, to represent, play, act:
Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,
fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:
dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:
partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:
Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:
gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:
dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:
egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:
amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:
exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:
socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:
senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:
utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
11.
Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:
tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:
qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:
non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:
neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:
prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:
sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:
seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:
facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:
superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:
ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:
anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—
12.
Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
a.
In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
(α).
In the sing.:
age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:
age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:
age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:
age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:
age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:
Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:
agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:
age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:
age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:
En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:
Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:
Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:
Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:
en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:
eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—
(β).
In the plur.:
agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:
agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:
agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:
Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:
vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:
agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:
agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):
age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:
En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:
mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:
Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:
Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—
b.
In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:
nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;
4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:
age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
c.
As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;
dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:
Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:
age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:
age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
► Position.
—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
I.
Sometimes follows such verb; as,
a.
In dactylic metre:
Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:
Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:
Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:
Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:
Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:
Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:
Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:
Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,
agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
b.
In other metres (very rarely):
appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:
dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;
3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:
procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—
II.
It is often separated from such verb:
age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:
Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:
Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:
Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:
Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:
en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:
age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:
Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
1.
ăgens, entis, P. a.
A.
Adj.
1.
Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):
utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:
acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
► 2.
Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
B.
Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
a.
Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
b.
For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
2.
actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
A.
actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:
actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:
acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:
acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—
B.
acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;
but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;
also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:
acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:
acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:
urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
1.
With the time added:
acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:
illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:
ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
2.
Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
C.
acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
D.
acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
a.
Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
b.
Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
E.
acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > acta militaria

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

This Will Destroy You — performing at Fun Fun Fun Fest in November 2009. Background information Origin San Marcos, Texas … Wikipedia
After the Hole — (1993) is a psychological horror novel by Guy Burt, which was the basis for the 2001 film The Hole . It won a Betty Trask Award in 1994. Plot summaryAt a British private school, five students Liz (the narrator of many flash backs), Mike (the… … Wikipedia
This Is Cinerama — is a 1952 film which shows how film makers could use the new technology of Cinerama to make movies more realistic by broadening the aspect ratio so the viewer s peripheral vision was involved. This is Cinerama premiered on 30 September 1952 at… … Wikipedia
This Godless Communism — was an American comics feature that appeared in Treasure Chest , a biweekly, subscription only comic book distributed in parochial schools from 1946 to 1972.Designed to inform students of the then prevalent Western nation conception of Communism… … Wikipedia
This Side of Paradise — infobox Book | name = This Side of Paradise title orig = translator = image caption = Dust jacket cover of first edition; illustration by W. E. Hill. author = F. Scott Fitzgerald illustrator = cover artist = country = United States language =… … Wikipedia
After the Fall (album) — Infobox Album | Name = After the Fall Type = Album Artist = After the Fall Released = June 27 2004 Recorded = Genre = Alternative rock, Rock Length = 40:14 Label = Festival Mushroom Records Producer = Reviews = Last album = This album = After the … Wikipedia
This Morning with Richard Not Judy — Genre Comedy Starring Stewart Lee Richard Herring Country … Wikipedia
This is SportsCenter — is the name of a series of comical television commercials run by ESPN to promote their SportsCenter sports news show. A few are available free on iTunes. The ads are presented in a deadpan mockumentary style, lampooning various aspects of sports … Wikipedia
This Is Your Brain on Drugs — was a large scale US anti narcotics campaign by Partnership for a Drug Free America (PDFA) launched in 1987, that used two televised public service announcements (PSAs) and a related poster campaign. [cite web last = first = authorlink =… … Wikipedia
After Dark Horrorfest — (a.k.a. 8 Films to Die For ) is an annual horror film festival featuring eight independent horror movies, sometimes with secret bonus films, all distributed by After Dark Films in the USA. The first HorrorFest was held in 2006.Infobox Film… … Wikipedia
This Morning, This Evening, So Soon — is a 1965 short story by James Baldwin, taken from the short story collection, Going to Meet the Man .Plot summaryThe Narrator is spending his last night in Paris with his family and his sister, who is visiting.He then thinks back to the time he… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

then after this

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

then after this

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: